daf1f212310b0a703060e9fe11ed2da00799d63e
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
87 {
88 EX_EVENT_THROW,
89 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
90 EX_EVENT_CATCH
91 };
92
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
106 void *),
107 void *);
108
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
114
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result *,
117 enum bptype, char *,
118 char **);
119
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
121 struct linespec_result *,
122 struct linespec_sals *,
123 char *, char *, enum bptype,
124 enum bpdisp, int, int,
125 int,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
127 int, int, int, unsigned);
128
129 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
130 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
131
132 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133
134 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135
136 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
137
138 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139
140 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
141
142 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
143 enum bptype,
144 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
145 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
146 const struct symtab_and_line *);
147
148 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 static. */
150 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
151 struct symtab_and_line,
152 enum bptype,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
154
155 static struct breakpoint *
156 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
157 enum bptype type,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
159
160 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
161
162 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
163 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
164 enum bptype bptype);
165
166 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
167 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
168 struct obj_section *, int);
169
170 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
171 CORE_ADDR addr1,
172 struct address_space *aspace2,
173 CORE_ADDR addr2);
174
175 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
176 struct bp_location *loc2);
177
178 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
179 struct address_space *aspace,
180 CORE_ADDR addr);
181
182 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183
184 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185
186 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
187 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
188
189 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190
191 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192
193 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194
195 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196
197 typedef enum
198 {
199 mark_inserted,
200 mark_uninserted
201 }
202 insertion_state_t;
203
204 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
206
207 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
208
209 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210
211 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212
213 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214
215 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
216
217 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
218 enum bptype type,
219 int *other_type_used);
220
221 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222
223 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224
225 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
226 int count);
227
228 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229
230 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
231
232 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
233
234 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
235
236 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
237
238 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
239 CORE_ADDR pc);
240
241 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
242 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
243 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
244
245 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
246
247 static void update_global_location_list (int);
248
249 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
250
251 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
252
253 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
254
255 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
256
257 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
258
259 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
260
261 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
262
263 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
264
265 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
266
267 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
268
269 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
270
271 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
272
273 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
274 otherwise. */
275
276 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
277
278 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
279 from. */
280 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
281
282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
283 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
284 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
286
287 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
289
290 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
292
293 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
295
296 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
297 breakpoints. */
298 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
299
300 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
301 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
302
303 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
304 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
305
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
312
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
317 dprintf_style_gdb,
318 dprintf_style_call,
319 dprintf_style_agent,
320 NULL
321 };
322 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
323
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
328
329 static char *dprintf_function = "";
330
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
338
339 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
340
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
342 has disconnected. */
343 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
344
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
348 {
349 /* The reference count. */
350 int refc;
351
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line *commands;
354 };
355
356 struct command_line *
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
358 {
359 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
360 }
361
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
364
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
366
367 const char *
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
369 {
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
372 a breakpoint. */
373 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
374
375 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
376 }
377
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
382
383 static void
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c,
386 const char *value)
387 {
388 fprintf_filtered (file,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
391 value);
392 }
393
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
399 static void
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
401 struct cmd_list_element *c,
402 const char *value)
403 {
404 fprintf_filtered (file,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
407 value);
408 }
409
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
415 static void
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
417 struct cmd_list_element *c,
418 const char *value)
419 {
420 fprintf_filtered (file,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
422 value);
423 }
424
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
430
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
432
433 static void
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
435 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
436 {
437 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
438 fprintf_filtered (file,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
441 value,
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
443 else
444 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
445 value);
446 }
447
448 int
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
450 {
451 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
453 }
454
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
456
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto,
463 condition_evaluation_host,
464 condition_evaluation_target,
465 NULL
466 };
467
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
470
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
474
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
478 evaluation mode. */
479
480 static const char *
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
482 {
483 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
484 {
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target;
487 else
488 return condition_evaluation_host;
489 }
490 else
491 return mode;
492 }
493
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
495
496 static const char *
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
498 {
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
500 }
501
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
503 otherwise. */
504
505 static int
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
507 {
508 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
509
510 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
511 }
512
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
514
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
517
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled;
520
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
523
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
527
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
529
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
533 B = TMP)
534
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
538
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
542 BP_TMP++)
543
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
549
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
553 BP_LOCP_START \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
557
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
559
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
563
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
565
566 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
567
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
569
570 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
571
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
573
574 static unsigned bp_location_count;
575
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
581
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
583
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
589
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
591
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
594 by a target. */
595 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
596
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
598
599 static int breakpoint_count;
600
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
606
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
608
609 static int tracepoint_count;
610
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
612 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
613 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
614
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
616 static int
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
618 {
619 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
620 }
621
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
623
624 static void
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
626 {
627 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
628 breakpoint_count = num;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
630 }
631
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
635
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
637 breakpoint made. */
638
639 void
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
641 {
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
643 }
644
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
646 breakpoint made. */
647
648 void
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 {
651 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
652 }
653
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
655
656 void
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
658 {
659 struct breakpoint *b;
660
661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
662 b->hit_count = 0;
663 }
664
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
667
668 static struct counted_command_line *
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
670 {
671 struct counted_command_line *result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
673
674 result->refc = 1;
675 result->commands = commands;
676 return result;
677 }
678
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
680
681 static void
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
683 {
684 if (cmd)
685 ++cmd->refc;
686 }
687
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
691
692 static void
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
694 {
695 if (*cmdp)
696 {
697 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
698 {
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
700 xfree (*cmdp);
701 }
702 *cmdp = NULL;
703 }
704 }
705
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
707
708 static void
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
710 {
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
712 }
713
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
715 argument. */
716
717 static struct cleanup *
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
719 {
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
721 }
722
723 \f
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
726
727 struct breakpoint *
728 get_breakpoint (int num)
729 {
730 struct breakpoint *b;
731
732 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
733 if (b->number == num)
734 return b;
735
736 return NULL;
737 }
738
739 \f
740
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
743
744 static void
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
746 {
747 struct bp_location *loc;
748
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
752 side. */
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
755 return;
756
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
758 return;
759
760 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
761 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
762 }
763
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
766
767 static void
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
769 {
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
773 side. */
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
776
777 return;
778
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
780 return;
781
782 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
783 }
784
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
787
788 static void
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
790 struct cmd_list_element *c)
791 {
792 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
793
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
796 {
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
800 return;
801 }
802
803 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
804 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
805
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
809
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode != old_mode)
812 {
813 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
816
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
819 */
820
821 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
822 {
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
824 target. */
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
827 }
828 else
829 {
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
835 loc->needs_update = 1;
836 }
837
838 /* Do the update. */
839 update_global_location_list (1);
840 }
841
842 return;
843 }
844
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
847
848 static void
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
850 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
851 {
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
853 fprintf_filtered (file,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
856 value,
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
858 else
859 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
860 value);
861 }
862
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
866
867 static int
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
869 {
870 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
871 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
872
873 if (a->address == b->address)
874 return 0;
875 else
876 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
877 }
878
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
882 return NULL. */
883
884 static struct bp_location **
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
886 {
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
889 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
890
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
893 dummy_loc.address = address;
894
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs);
899
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found == NULL)
902 return NULL;
903
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
908 locp_found--;
909
910 return locp_found;
911 }
912
913 void
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
915 int from_tty)
916 {
917 xfree (b->cond_string);
918 b->cond_string = NULL;
919
920 if (is_watchpoint (b))
921 {
922 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
923
924 xfree (w->cond_exp);
925 w->cond_exp = NULL;
926 }
927 else
928 {
929 struct bp_location *loc;
930
931 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
932 {
933 xfree (loc->cond);
934 loc->cond = NULL;
935
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
939 }
940 }
941
942 if (*exp == 0)
943 {
944 if (from_tty)
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
946 }
947 else
948 {
949 const char *arg = exp;
950
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
954 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
955
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
957 {
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
959
960 innermost_block = NULL;
961 arg = exp;
962 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
963 if (*arg)
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
966 }
967 else
968 {
969 struct bp_location *loc;
970
971 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
972 {
973 arg = exp;
974 loc->cond =
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
976 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
977 if (*arg)
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
979 }
980 }
981 }
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
983
984 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
985 }
986
987 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
988
989 static VEC (char_ptr) *
990 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
991 const char *text, const char *word)
992 {
993 const char *space;
994
995 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
996 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
997 if (*space == '\0')
998 {
999 int len;
1000 struct breakpoint *b;
1001 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1002
1003 if (text[0] == '$')
1004 {
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1007 return NULL;
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1009 }
1010
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len = strlen (text);
1013
1014 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1015 {
1016 char number[50];
1017
1018 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1019
1020 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1021 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1022 }
1023
1024 return result;
1025 }
1026
1027 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1028 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1029 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1030 }
1031
1032 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1033
1034 static void
1035 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1036 {
1037 struct breakpoint *b;
1038 char *p;
1039 int bnum;
1040
1041 if (arg == 0)
1042 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1043
1044 p = arg;
1045 bnum = get_number (&p);
1046 if (bnum == 0)
1047 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1048
1049 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1050 if (b->number == bnum)
1051 {
1052 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1053 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1054 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1055 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1056 if (b->py_bp_object
1057 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1058 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1059 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1060 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1061
1062 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1063 update_global_location_list (1);
1064
1065 return;
1066 }
1067
1068 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1069 }
1070
1071 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1072 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1073 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1074
1075 static void
1076 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1077 {
1078 struct command_line *c;
1079
1080 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1081 {
1082 int i;
1083
1084 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1085 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1086 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1087
1088 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1089 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1090
1091 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1092 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1093 command directly. */
1094 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1095 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1096
1097 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1098 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1099 }
1100 }
1101
1102 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1103
1104 static int
1105 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1106 {
1107 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1108 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1109 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1110 }
1111
1112 int
1113 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1114 {
1115 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1116 }
1117
1118 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1119 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1120 found. */
1121
1122 static void
1123 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1124 struct command_line *commands)
1125 {
1126 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1127 {
1128 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1129 struct command_line *c;
1130 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1131
1132 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1133 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1134 ones might not. */
1135 t->step_count = 0;
1136
1137 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1138 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1139 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1140 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1141 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1142 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1143 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1144 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1145 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1146 tracepoint's context. */
1147 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1148 {
1149 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1150 {
1151 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1152 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1153 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1154 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1157
1158 if (while_stepping)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "can be used only once"));
1161 else
1162 while_stepping = c;
1163 }
1164
1165 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1166 }
1167 if (while_stepping)
1168 {
1169 struct command_line *c2;
1170
1171 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1172 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1173 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1174 {
1175 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1176 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1177 }
1178 }
1179 }
1180 else
1181 {
1182 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1183 }
1184 }
1185
1186 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1187 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1188
1189 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1190 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1191 {
1192 struct breakpoint *b;
1193 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1194 struct bp_location *loc;
1195
1196 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1197 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1198 {
1199 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1200 if (loc->address == addr)
1201 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1202 }
1203
1204 return found;
1205 }
1206
1207 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1208 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1209
1210 void
1211 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1212 struct command_line *commands)
1213 {
1214 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1215
1216 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1217 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1218 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1219 }
1220
1221 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1222 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1223 commands. */
1224
1225 void
1226 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1227 {
1228 int old_silent = b->silent;
1229
1230 b->silent = silent;
1231 if (old_silent != silent)
1232 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1233 }
1234
1235 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1236 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1237
1238 void
1239 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1240 {
1241 int old_thread = b->thread;
1242
1243 b->thread = thread;
1244 if (old_thread != thread)
1245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1246 }
1247
1248 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1249 breakpoint work for any task. */
1250
1251 void
1252 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1253 {
1254 int old_task = b->task;
1255
1256 b->task = task;
1257 if (old_task != task)
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1259 }
1260
1261 void
1262 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1263 {
1264 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1265
1266 validate_actionline (line, b);
1267 }
1268
1269 /* A structure used to pass information through
1270 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1271
1272 struct commands_info
1273 {
1274 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1275 int from_tty;
1276
1277 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1278 char *arg;
1279
1280 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1281 already-parsed command. */
1282 struct command_line *control;
1283
1284 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1285 yet been read. */
1286 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1287 };
1288
1289 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1290 commands_command. */
1291
1292 static void
1293 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1294 {
1295 struct commands_info *info = data;
1296
1297 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1298 {
1299 struct command_line *l;
1300
1301 if (info->control != NULL)
1302 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1303 else
1304 {
1305 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1306 char *str;
1307
1308 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1309 "%s, one per line."),
1310 info->arg);
1311
1312 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1313
1314 l = read_command_lines (str,
1315 info->from_tty, 1,
1316 (is_tracepoint (b)
1317 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1318 b);
1319
1320 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1321 }
1322
1323 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1324 }
1325
1326 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1327 do anything. */
1328 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1329 {
1330 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1331 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1332 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1333 b->commands = info->cmd;
1334 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1335 }
1336 }
1337
1338 static void
1339 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1340 struct command_line *control)
1341 {
1342 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1343 struct commands_info info;
1344
1345 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1346 info.control = control;
1347 info.cmd = NULL;
1348 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1349 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1350 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1351
1352 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1353 {
1354 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1355 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1356 breakpoint_count);
1357 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1358 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1359 else
1360 {
1361 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1362 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1363 numbers will fail in this case. */
1364 arg = NULL;
1365 }
1366 }
1367 else
1368 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1369 our argument. */
1370 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1371
1372 if (arg != NULL)
1373 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1374
1375 info.arg = arg;
1376
1377 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1378
1379 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1380 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1381
1382 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1383 }
1384
1385 static void
1386 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1387 {
1388 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1389 }
1390
1391 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1392 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1393
1394 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1395 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1396 enum command_control_type
1397 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1398 {
1399 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1400 return simple_control;
1401 }
1402
1403 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1404
1405 static int
1406 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1407 {
1408 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1409 return 0;
1410 if (!bl->inserted)
1411 return 0;
1412 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1413 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1414 return 0;
1415 return 1;
1416 }
1417
1418 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1419 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1420
1421 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1422 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1423 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1424
1425 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1426 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1427 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1428 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1429 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1430 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1431 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1432 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1433 and:
1434 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1435
1436 void
1437 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1438 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1439 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1440 {
1441 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1442 search. */
1443 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1444
1445 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1446 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1447 report higher one. */
1448
1449 bc_l = 0;
1450 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1451 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1452 {
1453 struct bp_location *bl;
1454
1455 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1456 bl = bp_location[bc];
1457
1458 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1459 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1460 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1461 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1462
1463 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1464 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1465 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1466
1467 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1468 >= bl->address)
1469 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1470 <= memaddr))
1471 bc_l = bc;
1472 else
1473 bc_r = bc;
1474 }
1475
1476 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1477 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1478 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1479 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1480 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1481 B:
1482
1483 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1484
1485 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1486 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1487 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1488 and L2. */
1489 while (bc_l > 0
1490 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1491 bc_l--;
1492
1493 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1494
1495 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1496 {
1497 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1498 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1499 int bp_size = 0;
1500 int bptoffset = 0;
1501
1502 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1503 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1504 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1505 bl->owner->number);
1506
1507 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1508 content. */
1509
1510 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1511 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1512 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1513 break;
1514
1515 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1516 continue;
1517 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1518 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1519 continue;
1520
1521 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1522 we need to copy. */
1523 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1524 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1525
1526 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1527 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1528 are reading. */
1529 continue;
1530
1531 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1532 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1533 reading. */
1534 continue;
1535
1536 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1537 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1538 {
1539 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1540 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1541 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1542 bp_addr = memaddr;
1543 }
1544
1545 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1546 {
1547 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1548 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1549 }
1550
1551 if (readbuf != NULL)
1552 {
1553 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1554 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1555 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1556 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1557 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1558
1559 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1560 shadow. */
1561 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1562 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1563 }
1564 else
1565 {
1566 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1567 const unsigned char *bp;
1568 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1569 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1570
1571 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1572 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1573 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1574
1575 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1576 address. */
1577 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1578
1579 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1580 breakpoint's INSN. */
1581 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1582 }
1583 }
1584 }
1585 \f
1586
1587 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1588 breakpoint. */
1589
1590 int
1591 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1592 {
1593 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1594 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1595 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1596 }
1597
1598 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1599
1600 static int
1601 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1602 {
1603 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1605 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1606 }
1607
1608 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1609 software. */
1610
1611 int
1612 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1613 {
1614 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1615 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1616 }
1617
1618 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1619 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1620 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1621 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1622 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1623 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1624 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1625 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1626
1627 static int
1628 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1629 {
1630 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1631 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1632 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1633 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1634 }
1635
1636 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1637 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1638
1639 static void
1640 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1641 {
1642 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1643
1644 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1645 {
1646 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1647 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1648 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1649 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1650 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1651 }
1652 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1653 }
1654
1655 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1656 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1657 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1658 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1659 in b->loc->cond.
1660 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1661
1662 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1663 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1664 it.
1665
1666 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1667 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1668 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1669 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1670 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1671 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1672 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1673 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1674
1675 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1676 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1677 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1678 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1679 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1680 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1681 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1682 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1683 not changed.
1684
1685 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1686 hardware watchpoints:
1687
1688 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1689 called several times when GDB stops.
1690
1691 [linux]
1692 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1693 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1694 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1695 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1696 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1697 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1698 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1699 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1700 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1701 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1702 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1703
1704 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1705 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1706
1707 static void
1708 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1709 {
1710 int within_current_scope;
1711 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1712 int frame_saved;
1713
1714 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1715 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1716 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1717 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1718 return;
1719
1720 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1721 return;
1722
1723 frame_saved = 0;
1724
1725 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1726 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1727 within_current_scope = 1;
1728 else
1729 {
1730 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1731 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1732 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1733
1734 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1735 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1736 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1737 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1738 return;
1739
1740 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1741 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1742 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1743 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1744 selected frame. */
1745 frame_saved = 1;
1746 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1747
1748 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1749 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1750 if (within_current_scope)
1751 select_frame (fi);
1752 }
1753
1754 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1755 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1756 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1757 b->base.loc = NULL;
1758
1759 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1760 {
1761 const char *s;
1762
1763 if (b->exp)
1764 {
1765 xfree (b->exp);
1766 b->exp = NULL;
1767 }
1768 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1769 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1770 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1771 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1772 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1773 be completely different objects. */
1774 value_free (b->val);
1775 b->val = NULL;
1776 b->val_valid = 0;
1777
1778 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1779 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1780 locations (re)created below. */
1781 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1782 {
1783 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1784 {
1785 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1786 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1787 }
1788
1789 s = b->base.cond_string;
1790 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1791 }
1792 }
1793
1794 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1795 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1796 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1797 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1798 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1799 if ( !target_has_execution)
1800 {
1801 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1802 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1803 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1804 }
1805 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1806 {
1807 int pc = 0;
1808 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1809 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1810
1811 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1812
1813 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1814 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1815 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1816 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1817 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1818 watchpoints. */
1819 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1820 {
1821 b->val = v;
1822 b->val_valid = 1;
1823 }
1824
1825 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1826
1827 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1828 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1829 {
1830 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1831 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1832 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1833 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1834 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1835 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1836 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1837 {
1838 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1839
1840 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1841 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1842 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1843 if (v == result
1844 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1845 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1846 {
1847 CORE_ADDR addr;
1848 int type;
1849 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1850
1851 addr = value_address (v);
1852 type = hw_write;
1853 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1854 type = hw_read;
1855 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1856 type = hw_access;
1857
1858 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1859 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1860 ;
1861 *tmp = loc;
1862 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1863
1864 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1865 loc->address = addr;
1866 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1867 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1868 }
1869 }
1870 }
1871
1872 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1873 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1874 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1875 is started. */
1876 if (reparse)
1877 {
1878 int reg_cnt;
1879 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1880 struct bp_location *bl;
1881
1882 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1883
1884 if (reg_cnt)
1885 {
1886 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1887 enum bptype type;
1888
1889 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1890 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1891 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1892
1893 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1894 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1895 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1896 this watchpoint in as well. */
1897
1898 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1899 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1900 hardware watchpoint type. */
1901 type = b->base.type;
1902 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1903 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1904
1905 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1906 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1907 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1908 through watch_command), so always account for it
1909 manually. */
1910
1911 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1912 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1913
1914 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1915 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1916
1917 target_resources_ok
1918 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1919 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1920 {
1921 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1922
1923 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1924 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1925 "hardware watchpoint."));
1926 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1927 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1928 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1929
1930 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1931 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1932 }
1933 else
1934 {
1935 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1936 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1937 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1938 nop. */
1939 b->base.type = type;
1940 }
1941 }
1942 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1943 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1944 "read/access watchpoint."));
1945 else
1946 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1947
1948 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1949 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1950 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1951 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1952 }
1953
1954 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1955 {
1956 next = value_next (v);
1957 if (v != b->val)
1958 value_free (v);
1959 }
1960
1961 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1962 above left it without any location set up. But,
1963 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1964 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1965 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1966 {
1967 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1968 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1969 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1970 base->loc->address = -1;
1971 base->loc->length = -1;
1972 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1973 }
1974 }
1975 else if (!within_current_scope)
1976 {
1977 printf_filtered (_("\
1978 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1979 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1980 b->base.number);
1981 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1982 }
1983
1984 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1985 if (frame_saved)
1986 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1987 }
1988
1989
1990 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1991 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1992 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1993 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1994 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1995 static int
1996 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1997 {
1998 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1999 return 0;
2000
2001 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2002 return 0;
2003
2004 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2005 return 0;
2006
2007 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2008 return 0;
2009
2010 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2011 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2012 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2013 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2014 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2015 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2016 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2017 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2018 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2019 return 0;
2020
2021 return 1;
2022 }
2023
2024 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2025 that the location is not duplicated. */
2026
2027 static int
2028 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2029 {
2030 int result;
2031 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2032
2033 bl->duplicate = 0;
2034 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2035 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2036 return result;
2037 }
2038
2039 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2040 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2041 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2042 any error during parsing. */
2043
2044 static struct agent_expr *
2045 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2046 {
2047 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2048 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2049
2050 if (!cond)
2051 return NULL;
2052
2053 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2054 that may show up. */
2055 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2056 {
2057 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2058 }
2059
2060 if (ex.reason < 0)
2061 {
2062 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2063 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2064 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2065 return NULL;
2066 }
2067
2068 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2069 return aexpr;
2070 }
2071
2072 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2073 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2074 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2075 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2076 one of them is true. */
2077
2078 static void
2079 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2080 {
2081 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2082 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2083 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2084 struct bp_location *loc;
2085
2086 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2087 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2088 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2089 side. */
2090 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2091 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2092 return;
2093
2094 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2095 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2096 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2097 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2098 response back to GDB. */
2099 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2100 {
2101 loc = (*loc2p);
2102 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2103 {
2104 if (modified)
2105 {
2106 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2107
2108 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2109 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2110 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2111 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2112 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2113 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2114
2115 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2116 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2117 to the target. */
2118 if (aexpr)
2119 continue;
2120 }
2121
2122 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2123 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2124 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2125 {
2126 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2127 break;
2128 }
2129 }
2130 }
2131
2132 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2133 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2134 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2135
2136 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2137 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2138 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2139 {
2140 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2141 {
2142 loc = (*loc2p);
2143 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2144 {
2145 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2146 located. */
2147 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2148 return;
2149
2150 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2151 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2152 }
2153 }
2154 }
2155
2156 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2157 for this location's address. */
2158 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2159 {
2160 loc = (*loc2p);
2161 if (loc->cond
2162 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2163 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2164 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2165 && loc->enabled)
2166 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2167 conditions to the target. */
2168 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2169 loc->cond_bytecode);
2170 }
2171
2172 return;
2173 }
2174
2175 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2176 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2177 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2178
2179 static struct agent_expr *
2180 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2181 {
2182 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2183 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2184 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2185 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2186 const char *cmdrest;
2187 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2188 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2189 int nargs;
2190 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2191
2192 if (!cmd)
2193 return NULL;
2194
2195 cmdrest = cmd;
2196
2197 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2198 ++cmdrest;
2199 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2200
2201 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2202 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2203
2204 format_start = cmdrest;
2205
2206 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2207
2208 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2209
2210 format_end = cmdrest;
2211
2212 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2213 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2214
2215 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2216
2217 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2218 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2219
2220 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2221 cmdrest++;
2222 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2223
2224 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2225
2226 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2227 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2228
2229 nargs = 0;
2230 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2231 {
2232 const char *cmd1;
2233
2234 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2235 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2236 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2237 cmdrest = cmd1;
2238 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2239 ++cmdrest;
2240 }
2241
2242 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2243 that may show up. */
2244 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2245 {
2246 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2247 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2248 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2249 }
2250
2251 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2252
2253 if (ex.reason < 0)
2254 {
2255 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2256 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2257 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2258 return NULL;
2259 }
2260
2261 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2262 return aexpr;
2263 }
2264
2265 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2266 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2267 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2268
2269 static void
2270 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2271 {
2272 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2273 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2274 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2275 struct bp_location *loc;
2276
2277 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2278 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2279 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2280 return;
2281
2282 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2283 return;
2284
2285 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2286 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2287 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2288 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2289 response back to GDB. */
2290 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2291 {
2292 loc = (*loc2p);
2293 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2294 {
2295 if (modified)
2296 {
2297 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2298
2299 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2300 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2301 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2302 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2303 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2304 loc->owner->extra_string);
2305 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2306
2307 if (!aexpr)
2308 continue;
2309 }
2310
2311 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2312 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2313 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2314 {
2315 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2316 break;
2317 }
2318 }
2319 }
2320
2321 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2322 and so clean up. */
2323 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2324 {
2325 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2326 {
2327 loc = (*loc2p);
2328 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2329 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2330 {
2331 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2332 located. */
2333 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2334 return;
2335
2336 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2337 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2338 }
2339 }
2340 }
2341
2342 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2343 for this location's address. */
2344 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2345 {
2346 loc = (*loc2p);
2347 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2348 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2349 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2350 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2351 && loc->enabled)
2352 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2353 to send the commands to the target. */
2354 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2355 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2356 }
2357
2358 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2359 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2360 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2361 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2362 }
2363
2364 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2365 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2366 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2367 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2368 -1 for failure.
2369
2370 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2371 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2372 static int
2373 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2374 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2375 int *disabled_breaks,
2376 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2377 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2378 {
2379 int val = 0;
2380 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2381 struct gdb_exception e;
2382
2383 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2384 return 0;
2385
2386 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2387 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2388 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2389 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2390 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2391 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2392 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2393 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2394 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2395 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2396 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2397 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2398
2399 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2400 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2401 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2402 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2403
2404 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2405 {
2406 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2407 build_target_command_list (bl);
2408 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2409 bl->needs_update = 0;
2410 }
2411
2412 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2413 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2414 {
2415 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2416 {
2417 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2418 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2419 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2420
2421 Two important cases are:
2422 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2423 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2424 hardware breakpoint.
2425 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2426 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2427 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2428 so we undo.
2429
2430 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2431 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2432 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2433 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2434 gdb. */
2435 struct mem_region *mr
2436 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2437
2438 if (mr)
2439 {
2440 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2441 {
2442 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2443
2444 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2445 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2446 else
2447 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2448
2449 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2450 {
2451 static int said = 0;
2452
2453 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2454 if (!said)
2455 {
2456 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2457 _("Note: automatically using "
2458 "hardware breakpoints for "
2459 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2460 said = 1;
2461 }
2462 }
2463 }
2464 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2465 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2466 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2467 "at readonly address %s"),
2468 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2469 }
2470 }
2471
2472 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2473 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2474 || bl->section == NULL
2475 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2476 {
2477 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2478 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2479 {
2480 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2481 }
2482 if (e.reason < 0)
2483 {
2484 val = 1;
2485 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2486 }
2487 }
2488 else
2489 {
2490 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2491 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2492 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2493 {
2494 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2495 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2496 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2497 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2498 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2499 bl->owner->number);
2500 else
2501 {
2502 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2503 bl->section);
2504 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2505 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2506 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2507 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2508 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2509 if (val != 0)
2510 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2511 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2512 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2513 bl->owner->number);
2514 }
2515 }
2516 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2517 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2518 {
2519 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2520 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2521 {
2522 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2523 }
2524 if (e.reason < 0)
2525 {
2526 val = 1;
2527 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2528 }
2529 }
2530 else
2531 {
2532 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2533 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2534 return 0;
2535 }
2536 }
2537
2538 if (val)
2539 {
2540 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2541 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2542 {
2543 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2544 val = 0;
2545 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2546 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2547 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2548 {
2549 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2550 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2551 bl->owner->number);
2552 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2553 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2554 "library breakpoints:\n");
2555 }
2556 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2557 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2558 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2559 }
2560 else
2561 {
2562 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2563 {
2564 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2565 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2566 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2567 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2568 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2569 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2571 }
2572 else
2573 {
2574 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2575 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2576 bl->owner->number);
2577 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2578 "Error accessing memory address ");
2579 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2580 tmp_error_stream);
2581 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2582 safe_strerror (val));
2583 }
2584
2585 }
2586 }
2587 else
2588 bl->inserted = 1;
2589
2590 return val;
2591 }
2592
2593 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2594 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2595 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2596 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2597 {
2598 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2599 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2600
2601 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2602
2603 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2604 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2605 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2606 {
2607 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2608
2609 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2610 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2611 of this one. */
2612 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2613 if (loc != bl
2614 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2615 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2616 {
2617 bl->duplicate = 1;
2618 bl->inserted = 1;
2619 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2620 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2621 val = 0;
2622 break;
2623 }
2624
2625 if (val == 1)
2626 {
2627 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2628 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2629
2630 if (val)
2631 /* Back to the original value. */
2632 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2633 }
2634 }
2635
2636 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2637 }
2638
2639 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2640 {
2641 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2642 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2643
2644 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2645 if (val)
2646 {
2647 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2648
2649 if (val == 1)
2650 warning (_("\
2651 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2652 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2653 else
2654 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2655 }
2656
2657 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2658
2659 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2660 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2661 so just return success. */
2662 return 0;
2663 }
2664
2665 return 0;
2666 }
2667
2668 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2669 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2670 PSPACE anymore. */
2671
2672 void
2673 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2674 {
2675 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2676 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2677
2678 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2679 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2680 {
2681 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2682 delete_breakpoint (b);
2683 }
2684
2685 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2686 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2687 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2688 {
2689 struct bp_location *tmp;
2690
2691 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2692 {
2693 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2694 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2695 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2696 else
2697 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2698 if (tmp->next == loc)
2699 {
2700 tmp->next = loc->next;
2701 break;
2702 }
2703 }
2704 }
2705
2706 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2707 removed locations above. */
2708 update_global_location_list (0);
2709 }
2710
2711 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2712 Throws exception on any error.
2713 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2714 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2715 void
2716 insert_breakpoints (void)
2717 {
2718 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2719
2720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2721 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2722 {
2723 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2724
2725 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2726 }
2727
2728 update_global_location_list (1);
2729
2730 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2731 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2732 now. */
2733 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2734 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2735 }
2736
2737 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2738
2739 void
2740 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2741 {
2742 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2743
2744 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2745 {
2746 callback (loc, NULL);
2747 }
2748 }
2749
2750 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2751 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2752 always-inserted mode. */
2753
2754 static void
2755 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2756 {
2757 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2758 int error_flag = 0;
2759 int val = 0;
2760 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2761 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2762 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2763
2764 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2765 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2766
2767 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2768 there was an error. */
2769 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2770
2771 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2772
2773 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2774 {
2775 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2776 breakpoints. */
2777 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2778 continue;
2779
2780 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2781 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2782 deletion of breakpoints. */
2783 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2784 continue;
2785
2786 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2787
2788 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2789 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2790 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2791 insert breakpoints. */
2792 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2793 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2794 continue;
2795
2796 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2797 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2798 if (val)
2799 error_flag = val;
2800 }
2801
2802 if (error_flag)
2803 {
2804 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2805 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2806 }
2807
2808 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2809 }
2810
2811 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2812
2813 static void
2814 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2815 {
2816 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2817 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2818 int error_flag = 0;
2819 int val = 0;
2820 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2821 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2822 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2823
2824 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2825 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2826
2827 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2828 there was an error. */
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2830
2831 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2832
2833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2834 {
2835 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2836 continue;
2837
2838 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2839 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2840 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2841 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2842 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2843 continue;
2844
2845 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2846
2847 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2848 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2849 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2850 insert breakpoints. */
2851 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2852 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2853 continue;
2854
2855 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2856 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2857 if (val)
2858 error_flag = val;
2859 }
2860
2861 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2862 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2864 {
2865 int some_failed = 0;
2866 struct bp_location *loc;
2867
2868 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2869 continue;
2870
2871 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2872 continue;
2873
2874 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2875 continue;
2876
2877 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2878 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2879 {
2880 some_failed = 1;
2881 break;
2882 }
2883 if (some_failed)
2884 {
2885 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2886 if (loc->inserted)
2887 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2888
2889 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2890 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2891 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2892 bpt->number);
2893 error_flag = -1;
2894 }
2895 }
2896
2897 if (error_flag)
2898 {
2899 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2900 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2901 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2902 {
2903 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2904 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2905 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2906 }
2907 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2908 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2909 }
2910
2911 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2912 }
2913
2914 /* Used when the program stops.
2915 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2916 removing a breakpoint location. */
2917
2918 int
2919 remove_breakpoints (void)
2920 {
2921 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2922 int val = 0;
2923
2924 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2925 {
2926 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2927 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2928 }
2929 return val;
2930 }
2931
2932 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2933
2934 int
2935 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2936 {
2937 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2938 int val;
2939 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2940
2941 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2942 {
2943 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2944 continue;
2945
2946 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2947 continue;
2948
2949 if (bl->inserted)
2950 {
2951 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2952 if (val != 0)
2953 return val;
2954 }
2955 }
2956 return 0;
2957 }
2958
2959 int
2960 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2961 {
2962 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2963 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2964 int val;
2965 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2966 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2967 struct inferior *inf;
2968 struct thread_info *tp;
2969
2970 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2971 if (tp == NULL)
2972 return 1;
2973
2974 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2975 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2976
2977 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2978
2979 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2980 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2981
2982 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2983 {
2984 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2985 continue;
2986
2987 if (bl->inserted)
2988 {
2989 bl->inserted = 0;
2990 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2991 if (val != 0)
2992 {
2993 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2994 return val;
2995 }
2996 }
2997 }
2998 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2999 return 0;
3000 }
3001
3002 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3003
3004 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3005 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3006 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3007 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3008 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3009 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3010 static void
3011 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3012 {
3013 if (internal)
3014 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3015 else
3016 {
3017 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3018 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3019 }
3020 }
3021
3022 static struct breakpoint *
3023 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3024 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3025 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3026 {
3027 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3028 struct breakpoint *b;
3029
3030 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3031
3032 sal.pc = address;
3033 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3034 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3035
3036 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3037 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3038 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3039
3040 return b;
3041 }
3042
3043 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3044 {
3045 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3046 };
3047 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3048
3049 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3050 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3051 {
3052 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3053 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3054
3055 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3056 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3057
3058 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3059 int longjmp_searched;
3060
3061 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3062 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3063
3064 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3065 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3066
3067 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3068 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3069
3070 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3071 int exception_searched;
3072
3073 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3074 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3075 };
3076
3077 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3078
3079 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3080 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3081
3082 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3083
3084 static int
3085 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3086 {
3087 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3088 }
3089
3090 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3091 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3092
3093 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3094 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3095 {
3096 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3097
3098 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3099 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3100 {
3101 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3102 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3103
3104 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3105 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3106 }
3107 return bp_objfile_data;
3108 }
3109
3110 static void
3111 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3112 {
3113 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3114
3115 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3116 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3117 }
3118
3119 static void
3120 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3121 {
3122 struct objfile *objfile;
3123 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3124
3125 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3126 {
3127 struct breakpoint *b;
3128 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3129 CORE_ADDR addr;
3130
3131 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3132
3133 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3134 continue;
3135
3136 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3137 {
3138 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3139
3140 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3141 if (m == NULL)
3142 {
3143 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3144 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3145 continue;
3146 }
3147 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3148 }
3149
3150 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3151 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3152 bp_overlay_event,
3153 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3154 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3155
3156 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3157 {
3158 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3159 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3160 }
3161 else
3162 {
3163 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3164 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3165 }
3166 }
3167 update_global_location_list (1);
3168 }
3169
3170 static void
3171 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3172 {
3173 struct program_space *pspace;
3174 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3175
3176 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3177
3178 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3179 {
3180 struct objfile *objfile;
3181
3182 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3183
3184 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3185 {
3186 int i;
3187 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3188 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3189
3190 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3191 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3192 continue;
3193
3194 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3195
3196 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3197 {
3198 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3199 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3200 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3201 }
3202
3203 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3204 {
3205 int i;
3206 struct probe *probe;
3207 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3208
3209 for (i = 0;
3210 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3211 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3212 i, probe);
3213 ++i)
3214 {
3215 struct breakpoint *b;
3216
3217 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3218 bp_longjmp_master,
3219 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3220 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3221 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3222 }
3223
3224 continue;
3225 }
3226
3227 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3228 {
3229 struct breakpoint *b;
3230 const char *func_name;
3231 CORE_ADDR addr;
3232
3233 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3234 continue;
3235
3236 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3237 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3238 {
3239 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3240
3241 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3242 if (m == NULL)
3243 {
3244 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3245 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3246 continue;
3247 }
3248 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3249 }
3250
3251 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3252 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3253 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3254 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3255 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3256 }
3257 }
3258 }
3259 update_global_location_list (1);
3260
3261 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3262 }
3263
3264 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3265 static void
3266 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3267 {
3268 struct program_space *pspace;
3269 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3270 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3271
3272 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3273
3274 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3275 {
3276 struct objfile *objfile;
3277 CORE_ADDR addr;
3278
3279 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3280
3281 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3282 {
3283 struct breakpoint *b;
3284 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3285
3286 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3287
3288 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3289 continue;
3290
3291 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3292 {
3293 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3294
3295 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3296 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3297 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3298 {
3299 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3300 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3301 continue;
3302 }
3303 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3304 }
3305
3306 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3307 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3308 bp_std_terminate_master,
3309 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3310 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3311 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3312 }
3313 }
3314
3315 update_global_location_list (1);
3316
3317 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3318 }
3319
3320 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3321
3322 static void
3323 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3324 {
3325 struct objfile *objfile;
3326 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3327
3328 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3329 {
3330 struct breakpoint *b;
3331 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3332 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3333 CORE_ADDR addr;
3334
3335 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3336
3337 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3338 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3339 {
3340 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3341 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3342 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3343 }
3344
3345 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3346 {
3347 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3348 int i;
3349 struct probe *probe;
3350
3351 for (i = 0;
3352 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3353 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3354 i, probe);
3355 ++i)
3356 {
3357 struct breakpoint *b;
3358
3359 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3360 bp_exception_master,
3361 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3362 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3363 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3364 }
3365
3366 continue;
3367 }
3368
3369 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3370
3371 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3372 continue;
3373
3374 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3375
3376 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3377 {
3378 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3379
3380 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3381 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3382 {
3383 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3384 continue;
3385 }
3386
3387 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3388 }
3389
3390 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3391 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3392 &current_target);
3393 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3394 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3395 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3396 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3397 }
3398
3399 update_global_location_list (1);
3400 }
3401
3402 void
3403 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3404 {
3405 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3406 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3407
3408 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3409 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3410 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3411 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3412 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3413 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3414 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3415 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3416 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3417 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3418 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3419
3420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3421 {
3422 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3423 continue;
3424
3425 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3426 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3427 {
3428 delete_breakpoint (b);
3429 continue;
3430 }
3431
3432 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3433 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3434 {
3435 delete_breakpoint (b);
3436 continue;
3437 }
3438
3439 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3440 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3441 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3442 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3443 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3444 {
3445 delete_breakpoint (b);
3446 continue;
3447 }
3448
3449 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3450 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3451 {
3452 delete_breakpoint (b);
3453 continue;
3454 }
3455
3456 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3457 after an exec. */
3458 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3459 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3460 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3461 {
3462 delete_breakpoint (b);
3463 continue;
3464 }
3465
3466 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3467 {
3468 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3469 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3470 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3471 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3472 continue;
3473 }
3474
3475 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3476 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3477 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3478 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3479 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3480 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3481
3482 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3483 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3484 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3485 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3486 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3487 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3488 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3489
3490 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3491 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3492 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3493 let finish_command delete it.
3494
3495 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3496 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3497 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3498 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3499 solib breakpoints.) */
3500
3501 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3502 {
3503 continue;
3504 }
3505
3506 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3507 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3508 a.out. */
3509 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3510 {
3511 delete_breakpoint (b);
3512 continue;
3513 }
3514 }
3515 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3516 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3517 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3518 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3519 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3520 }
3521
3522 int
3523 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3524 {
3525 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3526 int val = 0;
3527 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3528 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3529
3530 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3531 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3532
3533 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3534 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3535 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3536 {
3537 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3538 continue;
3539
3540 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3541 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3542 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3543 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3544 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3545 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3546 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3547 continue;
3548
3549 if (bl->inserted)
3550 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3551 }
3552
3553 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3554 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3555
3556 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3557 return val;
3558 }
3559
3560 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3561 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3562 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3563 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3564 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3565
3566 static int
3567 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3568 {
3569 int val;
3570
3571 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3572 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3573
3574 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3575 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3576 return 0;
3577
3578 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3579 This should not ever happen. */
3580 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3581
3582 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3583 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3584 {
3585 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3586 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3587 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3588
3589 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3590 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3591 || bl->section == NULL
3592 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3593 {
3594 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3595 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3596 }
3597 else
3598 {
3599 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3600 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3601 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3602 {
3603 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3604 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3605 */
3606 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3607 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3608 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3609 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3610 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3611 else
3612 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3613 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3614 }
3615 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3616 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3617 if (bl->inserted)
3618 {
3619 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3620 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3621 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3622 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3623
3624 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3625 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3626 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3627 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3628 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3629 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3630 else
3631 val = 0;
3632 }
3633 else
3634 {
3635 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3636 val = 0;
3637 }
3638 }
3639
3640 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3641 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3642 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3643 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3644 val = 0;
3645
3646 if (val)
3647 return val;
3648 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3649 }
3650 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3651 {
3652 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3653 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3654
3655 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3656 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3657
3658 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3659 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3660 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3661 bl->owner->number);
3662 }
3663 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3664 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3665 && !bl->duplicate)
3666 {
3667 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3668 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3669
3670 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3671 if (val)
3672 return val;
3673
3674 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3675 }
3676
3677 return 0;
3678 }
3679
3680 static int
3681 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3682 {
3683 int ret;
3684 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3685
3686 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3687 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3688
3689 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3690 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3691 return 0;
3692
3693 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3694 This should not ever happen. */
3695 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3696
3697 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3698
3699 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3700
3701 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3702
3703 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3704 return ret;
3705 }
3706
3707 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3708
3709 void
3710 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3711 {
3712 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3713
3714 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3715 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3716 bl->inserted = 0;
3717 }
3718
3719 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3720 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3721
3722 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3723 between runs.
3724
3725 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3726 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3727 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3728
3729
3730
3731 void
3732 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3733 {
3734 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3735 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3736 int ix;
3737 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3738
3739 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3740 nothing to do. */
3741 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3742 return;
3743
3744 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3745 {
3746 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3747 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3748 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3749 bl->inserted = 0;
3750 }
3751
3752 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3753 {
3754 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3755 continue;
3756
3757 switch (b->type)
3758 {
3759 case bp_call_dummy:
3760 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3761
3762 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3763 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3764 rid of it. */
3765
3766 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3767
3768 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3769
3770 case bp_shlib_event:
3771
3772 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3773 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3774 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3775 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3776 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3777
3778 (gdb) file prog-linux
3779 (gdb) run # native linux target
3780 ...
3781 (gdb) kill
3782 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3783 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3784 */
3785
3786 case bp_step_resume:
3787
3788 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3789
3790 delete_breakpoint (b);
3791 break;
3792
3793 case bp_watchpoint:
3794 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3795 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3796 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3797 {
3798 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3799
3800 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3801 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3802 delete_breakpoint (b);
3803 else if (context == inf_starting)
3804 {
3805 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3806 insert_breakpoints. */
3807 if (w->val)
3808 value_free (w->val);
3809 w->val = NULL;
3810 w->val_valid = 0;
3811 }
3812 }
3813 break;
3814 default:
3815 break;
3816 }
3817 }
3818
3819 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3820 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3821 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3822 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3823 }
3824
3825 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3826 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3827 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3828 match, not program space. */
3829
3830 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3831 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3832 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3833 permanent breakpoint.
3834 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3835 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3836 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3837 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3838 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3839
3840 enum breakpoint_here
3841 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3842 {
3843 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3844 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3845
3846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3847 {
3848 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3849 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3850 continue;
3851
3852 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3853 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3854 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3855 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3856 {
3857 if (overlay_debugging
3858 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3859 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3860 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3861 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3862 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3863 else
3864 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3865 }
3866 }
3867
3868 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3869 }
3870
3871 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3872
3873 int
3874 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3875 {
3876 struct bp_location *loc;
3877 int ix;
3878
3879 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3880 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3881 return 1;
3882
3883 return 0;
3884 }
3885
3886 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3887 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3888 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3889 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3890
3891 int
3892 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3893 CORE_ADDR pc)
3894 {
3895 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3896
3897 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3898 {
3899 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3900 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3901 continue;
3902
3903 if (bl->inserted
3904 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3905 {
3906 if (overlay_debugging
3907 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3908 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3909 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3910 else
3911 return 1;
3912 }
3913 }
3914 return 0;
3915 }
3916
3917 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3918 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3919
3920 int
3921 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3922 {
3923 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3924 return 1;
3925
3926 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3927 return 1;
3928
3929 return 0;
3930 }
3931
3932 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3933 inserted at PC. */
3934
3935 int
3936 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3937 CORE_ADDR pc)
3938 {
3939 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3940
3941 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3942 {
3943 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3944 continue;
3945
3946 if (bl->inserted
3947 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3948 aspace, pc))
3949 {
3950 if (overlay_debugging
3951 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3952 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3953 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3954 else
3955 return 1;
3956 }
3957 }
3958
3959 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3960 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3961 return 1;
3962
3963 return 0;
3964 }
3965
3966 int
3967 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3968 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3969 {
3970 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3971
3972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3973 {
3974 struct bp_location *loc;
3975
3976 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3977 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3978 continue;
3979
3980 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3981 continue;
3982
3983 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3984 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3985 {
3986 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3987
3988 /* Check for intersection. */
3989 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3990 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3991 if (l < h)
3992 return 1;
3993 }
3994 }
3995 return 0;
3996 }
3997
3998 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3999 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4000
4001 int
4002 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4003 ptid_t ptid)
4004 {
4005 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4006 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4007 int thread = -1;
4008 int task = 0;
4009
4010 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4011 {
4012 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4013 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4014 continue;
4015
4016 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4017 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4018 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4019 continue;
4020
4021 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4022 continue;
4023
4024 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4025 {
4026 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4027 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4028 it is now time to do so. */
4029 if (thread == -1)
4030 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4031 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4032 continue;
4033 }
4034
4035 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4036 {
4037 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4038 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4039 it is now time to do so. */
4040 if (task == 0)
4041 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4042 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4043 continue;
4044 }
4045
4046 if (overlay_debugging
4047 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4048 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4049 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4050
4051 return 1;
4052 }
4053
4054 return 0;
4055 }
4056 \f
4057
4058 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4059 in breakpoint.h. */
4060
4061 int
4062 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4063 {
4064 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4065 }
4066
4067 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4068 'next' chain. */
4069
4070 static void
4071 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4072 {
4073 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4074 value_free (bs->old_val);
4075 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4076 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4077 xfree (bs);
4078 }
4079
4080 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4081 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4082
4083 void
4084 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4085 {
4086 bpstat p;
4087 bpstat q;
4088
4089 if (bsp == 0)
4090 return;
4091 p = *bsp;
4092 while (p != NULL)
4093 {
4094 q = p->next;
4095 bpstat_free (p);
4096 p = q;
4097 }
4098 *bsp = NULL;
4099 }
4100
4101 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4102 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4103
4104 bpstat
4105 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4106 {
4107 bpstat p = NULL;
4108 bpstat tmp;
4109 bpstat retval = NULL;
4110
4111 if (bs == NULL)
4112 return bs;
4113
4114 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4115 {
4116 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4117 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4118 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4119 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4120 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4121 {
4122 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4123 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4124 }
4125
4126 if (p == NULL)
4127 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4128 retval = tmp;
4129 else
4130 p->next = tmp;
4131 p = tmp;
4132 }
4133 p->next = NULL;
4134 return retval;
4135 }
4136
4137 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4138
4139 bpstat
4140 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4141 {
4142 if (bsp == NULL)
4143 return NULL;
4144
4145 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4146 {
4147 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4148 return bsp;
4149 }
4150 return NULL;
4151 }
4152
4153 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4154
4155 enum bpstat_signal_value
4156 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4157 {
4158 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4159
4160 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4161 {
4162 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4163 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4164 enum bpstat_signal_value newval;
4165
4166 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4167 {
4168 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4169 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4170 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4171 newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4172 else
4173 newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4174 }
4175 else
4176 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4177 sig);
4178
4179 if (newval > result)
4180 result = newval;
4181 }
4182
4183 return result;
4184 }
4185
4186 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4187 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4188 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4189 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4190
4191 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4192 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4193 we set it.
4194 Return 1 otherwise. */
4195
4196 int
4197 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4198 {
4199 struct breakpoint *b;
4200
4201 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4202 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4203
4204 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4205 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4206 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4207 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4208 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4209 if (b == NULL)
4210 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4211
4212 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4213 return 1;
4214 }
4215
4216 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4217
4218 void
4219 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4220 {
4221 struct thread_info *tp;
4222 bpstat bs;
4223
4224 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4225 return;
4226
4227 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4228 if (tp == NULL)
4229 return;
4230
4231 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4232 {
4233 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4234
4235 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4236 {
4237 value_free (bs->old_val);
4238 bs->old_val = NULL;
4239 }
4240 }
4241 }
4242
4243 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4244
4245 static void
4246 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4247 {
4248 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4249 {
4250 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4251
4252 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4253 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4254 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4255 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4256 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4257 return;
4258 }
4259
4260 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4261 }
4262
4263 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4264 command. */
4265 static void
4266 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4267 {
4268 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4269 }
4270
4271 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4272 or its equivalent. */
4273
4274 static int
4275 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4276 {
4277 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4278 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4279 }
4280
4281 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4282 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4283 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4284 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4285
4286 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4287 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4288 bpstat of the current thread. */
4289
4290 static int
4291 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4292 {
4293 bpstat bs;
4294 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4295 int again = 0;
4296
4297 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4298 in bs->commands. */
4299 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4300 return 0;
4301
4302 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4303 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4304
4305 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4306
4307 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4308 bs = *bsp;
4309
4310 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4311 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4312 {
4313 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4314 struct command_line *cmd;
4315 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4316
4317 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4318
4319 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4320 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4321 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4322 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4323 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4324 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4325 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4326 the tree when we're done. */
4327 ccmd = bs->commands;
4328 bs->commands = NULL;
4329 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4330 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4331 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4332 {
4333 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4334 cmd = cmd->next;
4335 }
4336
4337 while (cmd != NULL)
4338 {
4339 execute_control_command (cmd);
4340
4341 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4342 break;
4343 else
4344 cmd = cmd->next;
4345 }
4346
4347 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4348 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4349
4350 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4351 {
4352 if (target_can_async_p ())
4353 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4354 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4355 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4356 ;
4357 else
4358 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4359 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4360 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4361 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4362 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4363 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4364 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4365 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4366 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4367 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4368 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4369 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4370 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4371 again = 1;
4372 break;
4373 }
4374 }
4375 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4376 return again;
4377 }
4378
4379 void
4380 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4381 {
4382 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4383
4384 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4385 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4386 && target_has_execution
4387 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4388 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4389 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4390 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4391 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4392 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4393 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4394 break;
4395
4396 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4397 }
4398
4399 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4400
4401 static void
4402 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4403 {
4404 if (val == NULL)
4405 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4406 else
4407 {
4408 struct value_print_options opts;
4409 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4410 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4411 }
4412 }
4413
4414 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4415 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4416 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4417 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4418 normal_stop(). */
4419
4420 static enum print_stop_action
4421 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4422 {
4423 switch (bs->print_it)
4424 {
4425 case print_it_noop:
4426 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4427 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4428 break;
4429
4430 case print_it_done:
4431 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4432 relevant messages. */
4433 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4434 break;
4435
4436 case print_it_normal:
4437 {
4438 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4439
4440 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4441 which has since been deleted. */
4442 if (b == NULL)
4443 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4444
4445 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4446 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4447 }
4448 break;
4449
4450 default:
4451 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4452 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4453 break;
4454 }
4455 }
4456
4457 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4458
4459 static void
4460 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4461 {
4462 int any_deleted
4463 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4464 int any_added
4465 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4466
4467 if (!is_catchpoint)
4468 {
4469 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4470 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4471 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4472 else
4473 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4474 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4475 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4476 }
4477
4478 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4479 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4480 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4481
4482 if (any_deleted)
4483 {
4484 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4485 char *name;
4486 int ix;
4487
4488 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4489 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4490 "removed");
4491 for (ix = 0;
4492 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4493 ix, name);
4494 ++ix)
4495 {
4496 if (ix > 0)
4497 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4498 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4499 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4500 }
4501
4502 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4503 }
4504
4505 if (any_added)
4506 {
4507 struct so_list *iter;
4508 int ix;
4509 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4510
4511 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4512 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4513 "added");
4514 for (ix = 0;
4515 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4516 ix, iter);
4517 ++ix)
4518 {
4519 if (ix > 0)
4520 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4521 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4522 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4523 }
4524
4525 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4526 }
4527 }
4528
4529 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4530 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4531 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4532 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4533 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4534 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4535 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4536 routine is one of:
4537
4538 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4539 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4540 code to print the location. An example is
4541 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4542 the location.
4543 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4544 to also print the location part of the message.
4545 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4546 don't require a location appended to the end.
4547 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4548 further info to be printed. */
4549
4550 enum print_stop_action
4551 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4552 {
4553 int val;
4554
4555 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4556 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4557 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4558 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4559 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4560 {
4561 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4562 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4563 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4564 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4565 return val;
4566 }
4567
4568 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4569 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4570 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4571 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4572 {
4573 print_solib_event (0);
4574 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4575 }
4576
4577 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4578 with and nothing was printed. */
4579 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4580 }
4581
4582 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4583 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4584 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4585 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4586
4587 static int
4588 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4589 {
4590 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4591 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4592
4593 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4594 return i;
4595 }
4596
4597 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4598
4599 static bpstat
4600 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4601 {
4602 bpstat bs;
4603
4604 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4605 bs->next = NULL;
4606 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4607 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4608 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4609 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4610 incref_bp_location (bl);
4611 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4612 bs->commands = NULL;
4613 bs->old_val = NULL;
4614 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4615 return bs;
4616 }
4617 \f
4618 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4619 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4620
4621 int
4622 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4623 {
4624 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4625 CORE_ADDR addr;
4626 struct breakpoint *b;
4627
4628 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4629 {
4630 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4631 as not triggered. */
4632 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4633 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4634 {
4635 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4636
4637 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4638 }
4639
4640 return 0;
4641 }
4642
4643 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4644 {
4645 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4646 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4647 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4648 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4649 {
4650 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4651
4652 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4653 }
4654
4655 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4656 }
4657
4658 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4659 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4660 triggered. */
4661
4662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4663 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4664 {
4665 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4666 struct bp_location *loc;
4667
4668 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4669 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4670 {
4671 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4672 {
4673 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4674 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4675
4676 if (newaddr == start)
4677 {
4678 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4679 break;
4680 }
4681 }
4682 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4683 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4684 addr, loc->address,
4685 loc->length))
4686 {
4687 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4688 break;
4689 }
4690 }
4691 }
4692
4693 return 1;
4694 }
4695
4696 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4697 because of check_errors). */
4698 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4699 #define WP_DELETED 1
4700 /* The value has changed. */
4701 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4702 /* The value has not changed. */
4703 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4704 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4705 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4706
4707 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4708 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4709
4710 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4711 changed.
4712
4713 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4714 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4715
4716 static int
4717 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4718 {
4719 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4720 struct watchpoint *b;
4721 struct frame_info *fr;
4722 int within_current_scope;
4723
4724 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4725 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4726 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4727
4728 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4729 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4730 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4731 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4732 return WP_IGNORE;
4733
4734 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4735 within_current_scope = 1;
4736 else
4737 {
4738 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4739 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4740 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4741
4742 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4743 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4744 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4745 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4746 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4747 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4748 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4749 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4750 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4751 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4752 return WP_IGNORE;
4753
4754 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4755 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4756
4757 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4758 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4759 if (within_current_scope)
4760 {
4761 struct symbol *function;
4762
4763 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4764 if (function == NULL
4765 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4766 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4767 within_current_scope = 0;
4768 }
4769
4770 if (within_current_scope)
4771 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4772 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4773 the user. */
4774 select_frame (fr);
4775 }
4776
4777 if (within_current_scope)
4778 {
4779 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4780 time before we return to the command level and call
4781 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4782 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4783
4784 int pc = 0;
4785 struct value *mark;
4786 struct value *new_val;
4787
4788 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4789 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4790 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4791 a mask watchpoint. */
4792 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4793
4794 mark = value_mark ();
4795 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4796
4797 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4798 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4799 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4800 not what we want. */
4801 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4802 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4803 {
4804 if (new_val != NULL)
4805 {
4806 release_value (new_val);
4807 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4808 }
4809 bs->old_val = b->val;
4810 b->val = new_val;
4811 b->val_valid = 1;
4812 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4813 }
4814 else
4815 {
4816 /* Nothing changed. */
4817 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4818 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4819 }
4820 }
4821 else
4822 {
4823 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4824
4825 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4826 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4827 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4828 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4829 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4830 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4831 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4832 the first value assigned). */
4833 /* We print all the stop information in
4834 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4835 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4836 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4837 here. */
4838 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4839 ui_out_field_string
4840 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4841 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4842 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4843 ui_out_text (uiout,
4844 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4845 which its expression is valid.\n");
4846
4847 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4848 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4849 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4850
4851 return WP_DELETED;
4852 }
4853 }
4854
4855 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4856 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4857 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4858
4859 static int
4860 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4861 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4862 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4863 {
4864 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4865
4866 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4867 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4868
4869 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4870 }
4871
4872 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4873 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4874
4875 static void
4876 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4877 {
4878 const struct bp_location *bl;
4879 struct watchpoint *b;
4880
4881 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4882 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4883 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4884 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4885 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4886
4887 {
4888 int must_check_value = 0;
4889
4890 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4891 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4892 watched value. */
4893 must_check_value = 1;
4894 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4895 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4896 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4897 this watchpoint. */
4898 must_check_value = 1;
4899 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4900 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4901 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4902 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4903 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4904 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4905 must_check_value = 1;
4906
4907 if (must_check_value)
4908 {
4909 char *message
4910 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4911 b->base.number);
4912 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4913 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4914 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4915 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4916 switch (e)
4917 {
4918 case WP_DELETED:
4919 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4920 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4921 /* Stop. */
4922 break;
4923 case WP_IGNORE:
4924 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4925 bs->stop = 0;
4926 break;
4927 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4928 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4929 {
4930 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4931
4932 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4933 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4934 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4935 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4936 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4937 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4938 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4939 old value.
4940
4941 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4942 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4943 happen:
4944
4945 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4946 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4947 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4948 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4949
4950 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4951 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4952 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4953 watchpoint.
4954
4955 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4956 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4957 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4958 changes. This still gives false positives when
4959 the program writes the same value to memory as
4960 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4961 it for a read), but it's much better than
4962 nothing. */
4963
4964 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4965
4966 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4967 {
4968 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4969
4970 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4971 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4972 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4973 {
4974 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4975 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4976
4977 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4978 == watch_triggered_yes)
4979 {
4980 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4981 break;
4982 }
4983 }
4984 }
4985
4986 if (other_write_watchpoint
4987 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4988 {
4989 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4990 and the value changed since the last time we
4991 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4992 Ignore it. */
4993 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4994 bs->stop = 0;
4995 }
4996 }
4997 break;
4998 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4999 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5000 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5001 {
5002 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5003 the value hasn't changed. */
5004 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5005 bs->stop = 0;
5006 }
5007 /* Stop. */
5008 break;
5009 default:
5010 /* Can't happen. */
5011 case 0:
5012 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5013 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5014 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5015 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5016 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5017 break;
5018 }
5019 }
5020 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5021 {
5022 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5023 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5024 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5025 anything for this watchpoint. */
5026 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5027 bs->stop = 0;
5028 }
5029 }
5030 }
5031
5032
5033 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5034 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5035 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5036
5037 static void
5038 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5039 {
5040 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5041 const struct bp_location *bl;
5042 struct breakpoint *b;
5043
5044 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5045 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5046 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5047 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5048 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5049
5050 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5051 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5052 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5053
5054 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5055 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5056 bs->stop = 0;
5057 else if (bs->stop)
5058 {
5059 int value_is_zero = 0;
5060 struct expression *cond;
5061
5062 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5063 method implemented. */
5064 if (b->py_bp_object)
5065 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5066
5067 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5068 {
5069 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5070
5071 cond = w->cond_exp;
5072 }
5073 else
5074 cond = bl->cond;
5075
5076 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5077 {
5078 int within_current_scope = 1;
5079 struct watchpoint * w;
5080
5081 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5082 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5083 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5084 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5085 function call. */
5086 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5087
5088 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5089 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5090 else
5091 w = NULL;
5092
5093 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5094 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5095 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5096 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5097 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5098 call site. */
5099 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5100 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5101 else
5102 {
5103 struct frame_info *frame;
5104
5105 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5106 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5107 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5108 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5109 really matter which instantiation of the function
5110 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5111 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5112 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5113 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5114 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5115 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5116 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5117 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5118 intuitive. */
5119 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5120 if (frame != NULL)
5121 select_frame (frame);
5122 else
5123 within_current_scope = 0;
5124 }
5125 if (within_current_scope)
5126 value_is_zero
5127 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5128 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5129 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5130 else
5131 {
5132 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5133 "in the current scope"));
5134 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5135 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5136 value_is_zero = 0;
5137 }
5138 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5139 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5140 }
5141
5142 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5143 {
5144 bs->stop = 0;
5145 }
5146 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5147 {
5148 bs->stop = 0;
5149 }
5150 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5151 {
5152 b->ignore_count--;
5153 bs->stop = 0;
5154 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5155 ++(b->hit_count);
5156 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5157 }
5158 }
5159 }
5160
5161
5162 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5163 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5164
5165 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5166 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5167 that:
5168
5169 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5170
5171 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5172
5173 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5174 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5175 several reasons concurrently.)
5176
5177 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5178 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5179
5180 bpstat
5181 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5182 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5183 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5184 {
5185 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5186 struct bp_location *bl;
5187 struct bp_location *loc;
5188 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5189 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5190 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5191 bpstat bs;
5192 int ix;
5193 int need_remove_insert;
5194 int removed_any;
5195
5196 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5197 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5198 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5199 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5200 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5201 inferior function calls. */
5202
5203 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5204 {
5205 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5206 continue;
5207
5208 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5209 {
5210 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5211 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5212 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5213 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5214 checked all locations already. */
5215 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5216 break;
5217
5218 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5219 continue;
5220
5221 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5222 continue;
5223
5224 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5225 matches. */
5226
5227 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5228 explain stop. */
5229
5230 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5231 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5232 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5233 bs->stop = 1;
5234 bs->print = 1;
5235
5236 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5237 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5238 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5239 iteration. */
5240 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5241 {
5242 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5243
5244 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5245 }
5246 }
5247 }
5248
5249 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5250 {
5251 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5252 {
5253 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5254 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5255 bs->stop = 0;
5256 bs->print = 0;
5257 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5258 }
5259 }
5260
5261 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5262 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5263 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5264 "catch unload". */
5265 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5266 {
5267 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5268 {
5269 handle_solib_event ();
5270 break;
5271 }
5272 }
5273
5274 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5275 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5276 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5277
5278 removed_any = 0;
5279
5280 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5281 {
5282 if (!bs->stop)
5283 continue;
5284
5285 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5286 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5287 if (bs->stop)
5288 {
5289 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5290
5291 if (bs->stop)
5292 {
5293 ++(b->hit_count);
5294 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5295
5296 /* We will stop here. */
5297 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5298 {
5299 --(b->enable_count);
5300 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5301 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5302 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5303 removed_any = 1;
5304 }
5305 if (b->silent)
5306 bs->print = 0;
5307 bs->commands = b->commands;
5308 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5309 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5310 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5311 bs->print = 0;
5312 }
5313
5314 }
5315
5316 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5317 print. */
5318 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5319 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5320 }
5321
5322 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5323 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5324 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5325 done later. */
5326 need_remove_insert = 0;
5327 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5328 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5329 if (!bs->stop
5330 && bs->breakpoint_at
5331 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5332 {
5333 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5334
5335 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5336 need_remove_insert = 1;
5337 }
5338
5339 if (need_remove_insert)
5340 update_global_location_list (1);
5341 else if (removed_any)
5342 update_global_location_list (0);
5343
5344 return bs_head;
5345 }
5346
5347 static void
5348 handle_jit_event (void)
5349 {
5350 struct frame_info *frame;
5351 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5352
5353 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5354 breakpoint_re_set. */
5355 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5356
5357 frame = get_current_frame ();
5358 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5359
5360 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5361
5362 target_terminal_inferior ();
5363 }
5364
5365 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5366
5367 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5368
5369 struct bpstat_what
5370 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5371 {
5372 struct bpstat_what retval;
5373 int jit_event = 0;
5374 bpstat bs;
5375
5376 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5377 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5378 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5379
5380 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5381 {
5382 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5383 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5384 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5385 enum bptype bptype;
5386
5387 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5388 {
5389 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5390 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5391 bptype = bp_none;
5392 }
5393 else
5394 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5395
5396 switch (bptype)
5397 {
5398 case bp_none:
5399 break;
5400 case bp_breakpoint:
5401 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5402 case bp_until:
5403 case bp_finish:
5404 case bp_shlib_event:
5405 if (bs->stop)
5406 {
5407 if (bs->print)
5408 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5409 else
5410 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5411 }
5412 else
5413 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5414 break;
5415 case bp_watchpoint:
5416 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5417 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5418 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5419 if (bs->stop)
5420 {
5421 if (bs->print)
5422 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5423 else
5424 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5425 }
5426 else
5427 {
5428 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5429 This requires no further action. */
5430 }
5431 break;
5432 case bp_longjmp:
5433 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5434 case bp_exception:
5435 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5436 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5437 break;
5438 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5439 case bp_exception_resume:
5440 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5441 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5442 break;
5443 case bp_step_resume:
5444 if (bs->stop)
5445 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5446 else
5447 {
5448 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5449 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5450 }
5451 break;
5452 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5453 if (bs->stop)
5454 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5455 else
5456 {
5457 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5458 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5459 }
5460 break;
5461 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5462 case bp_thread_event:
5463 case bp_overlay_event:
5464 case bp_longjmp_master:
5465 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5466 case bp_exception_master:
5467 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5468 break;
5469 case bp_catchpoint:
5470 if (bs->stop)
5471 {
5472 if (bs->print)
5473 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5474 else
5475 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5476 }
5477 else
5478 {
5479 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5480 This requires no further action. */
5481 }
5482 break;
5483 case bp_jit_event:
5484 jit_event = 1;
5485 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5486 break;
5487 case bp_call_dummy:
5488 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5489 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5490 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5491 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5492 break;
5493 case bp_std_terminate:
5494 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5495 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5496 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5497 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5498 break;
5499 case bp_tracepoint:
5500 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5501 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5502 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5503 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5504 out already. */
5505 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5506 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5507 break;
5508 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5509 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5510 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5511 break;
5512 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5513 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5514 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5515 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5516 break;
5517
5518 case bp_dprintf:
5519 if (bs->stop)
5520 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5521 else
5522 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5523 break;
5524
5525 default:
5526 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5527 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5528 }
5529
5530 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5531 }
5532
5533 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5534 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5535
5536 if (jit_event)
5537 {
5538 if (debug_infrun)
5539 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5540
5541 handle_jit_event ();
5542 }
5543
5544 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5545 {
5546 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5547
5548 if (b == NULL)
5549 continue;
5550 switch (b->type)
5551 {
5552 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5553 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5554 break;
5555 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5556 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5557 break;
5558 }
5559 }
5560
5561 return retval;
5562 }
5563
5564 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5565 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5566 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5567
5568 int
5569 bpstat_should_step (void)
5570 {
5571 struct breakpoint *b;
5572
5573 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5574 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5575 return 1;
5576 return 0;
5577 }
5578
5579 int
5580 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5581 {
5582 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5583 if (bs->stop)
5584 return 1;
5585
5586 return 0;
5587 }
5588
5589 \f
5590
5591 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5592 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5593 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5594
5595 static char *
5596 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5597 {
5598 static char wrap_indent[80];
5599 int i, total_width, width, align;
5600 char *text;
5601
5602 total_width = 0;
5603 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5604 {
5605 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5606 {
5607 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5608 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5609 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5610
5611 return wrap_indent;
5612 }
5613
5614 total_width += width + 1;
5615 }
5616
5617 return NULL;
5618 }
5619
5620 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5621 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5622
5623 "host": Host evals condition.
5624 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5625 "target": Target evals condition.
5626 */
5627
5628 static const char *
5629 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5630 {
5631 struct bp_location *bl;
5632 char host_evals = 0;
5633 char target_evals = 0;
5634
5635 if (!b)
5636 return NULL;
5637
5638 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5639 return NULL;
5640
5641 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5642 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5643 return condition_evaluation_host;
5644
5645 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5646 {
5647 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5648 target_evals++;
5649 else
5650 host_evals++;
5651 }
5652
5653 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5654 return condition_evaluation_both;
5655 else if (target_evals)
5656 return condition_evaluation_target;
5657 else
5658 return condition_evaluation_host;
5659 }
5660
5661 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5662 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5663
5664 static const char *
5665 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5666 {
5667 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5668 return NULL;
5669
5670 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5671 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5672 return condition_evaluation_host;
5673
5674 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5675 return condition_evaluation_target;
5676 else
5677 return condition_evaluation_host;
5678 }
5679
5680 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5681
5682 static void
5683 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5684 struct bp_location *loc)
5685 {
5686 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5687 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5688
5689 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5690 loc = NULL;
5691
5692 if (loc != NULL)
5693 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5694
5695 if (b->display_canonical)
5696 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5697 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5698 {
5699 struct symbol *sym
5700 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5701 if (sym)
5702 {
5703 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5704 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5705 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5706 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5707 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5708 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5709 }
5710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5711 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5712 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5713
5714 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5715 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5716 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5717
5718 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5719 }
5720 else if (loc)
5721 {
5722 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5723 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5724
5725 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5726 demangle, "");
5727 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5728
5729 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5730 }
5731 else
5732 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5733
5734 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5735 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5736 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5737 {
5738 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5739 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5740 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5741 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5742 }
5743
5744 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5745 }
5746
5747 static const char *
5748 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5749 {
5750 struct ep_type_description
5751 {
5752 enum bptype type;
5753 char *description;
5754 };
5755 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5756 {
5757 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5758 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5759 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5760 {bp_until, "until"},
5761 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5762 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5763 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5764 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5765 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5766 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5767 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5768 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5769 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5770 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5771 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5772 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5773 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5774 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5775 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5776 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5777 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5778 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5779 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5780 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5781 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5782 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5783 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5784 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5785 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5786 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5787 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5788 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5789 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5790 };
5791
5792 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5793 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5794 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5795 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5796 (int) type);
5797
5798 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5799 }
5800
5801 DEF_VEC_I(int);
5802
5803 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5804 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5805
5806 static void
5807 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5808 const char *field_name,
5809 VEC(int) *inf_num,
5810 int mi_only)
5811 {
5812 struct cleanup *back_to;
5813 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5814 int inf;
5815 int i;
5816
5817 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5818 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5819 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5820 return;
5821
5822 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
5823
5824 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5825 {
5826 if (is_mi)
5827 {
5828 char mi_group[10];
5829
5830 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5831 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5832 }
5833 else
5834 {
5835 if (i == 0)
5836 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5837 else
5838 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5839
5840 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5841 }
5842 }
5843
5844 do_cleanups (back_to);
5845 }
5846
5847 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5848
5849 static void
5850 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5851 struct bp_location *loc,
5852 int loc_number,
5853 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5854 int allflag)
5855 {
5856 struct command_line *l;
5857 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5858
5859 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5860 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5861 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5862 struct value_print_options opts;
5863
5864 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5865
5866 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5867 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5868 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5869 if (loc == NULL
5870 && (b->loc != NULL
5871 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5872 header_of_multiple = 1;
5873 if (loc == NULL)
5874 loc = b->loc;
5875
5876 annotate_record ();
5877
5878 /* 1 */
5879 annotate_field (0);
5880 if (part_of_multiple)
5881 {
5882 char *formatted;
5883 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5884 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5885 xfree (formatted);
5886 }
5887 else
5888 {
5889 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5890 }
5891
5892 /* 2 */
5893 annotate_field (1);
5894 if (part_of_multiple)
5895 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5896 else
5897 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5898
5899 /* 3 */
5900 annotate_field (2);
5901 if (part_of_multiple)
5902 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5903 else
5904 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5905
5906
5907 /* 4 */
5908 annotate_field (3);
5909 if (part_of_multiple)
5910 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5911 else
5912 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5913 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5914 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5915
5916
5917 /* 5 and 6 */
5918 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5919 {
5920 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5921 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5922 make sure there's just one location. */
5923 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5924 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5925 }
5926 else
5927 switch (b->type)
5928 {
5929 case bp_none:
5930 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5931 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5932 break;
5933
5934 case bp_watchpoint:
5935 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5936 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5937 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5938 {
5939 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5940
5941 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5942 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5943 is relatively readable). */
5944 if (opts.addressprint)
5945 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5946 annotate_field (5);
5947 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5948 }
5949 break;
5950
5951 case bp_breakpoint:
5952 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5953 case bp_until:
5954 case bp_finish:
5955 case bp_longjmp:
5956 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5957 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5958 case bp_exception:
5959 case bp_exception_resume:
5960 case bp_step_resume:
5961 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5962 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5963 case bp_call_dummy:
5964 case bp_std_terminate:
5965 case bp_shlib_event:
5966 case bp_thread_event:
5967 case bp_overlay_event:
5968 case bp_longjmp_master:
5969 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5970 case bp_exception_master:
5971 case bp_tracepoint:
5972 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5973 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5974 case bp_dprintf:
5975 case bp_jit_event:
5976 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5977 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5978 if (opts.addressprint)
5979 {
5980 annotate_field (4);
5981 if (header_of_multiple)
5982 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5983 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5984 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5985 else
5986 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5987 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5988 }
5989 annotate_field (5);
5990 if (!header_of_multiple)
5991 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5992 if (b->loc)
5993 *last_loc = b->loc;
5994 break;
5995 }
5996
5997
5998 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
5999 {
6000 struct inferior *inf;
6001 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6002 int mi_only = 1;
6003
6004 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6005 {
6006 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6007 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6008 }
6009
6010 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6011 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6012 if (allflag
6013 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6014 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6015 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6016 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6017 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6018 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6019 mi_only = 0;
6020 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6021 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6022 }
6023
6024 if (!part_of_multiple)
6025 {
6026 if (b->thread != -1)
6027 {
6028 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6029 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6030 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6031 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6032 }
6033 else if (b->task != 0)
6034 {
6035 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6036 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6037 }
6038 }
6039
6040 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6041
6042 if (!part_of_multiple)
6043 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6044
6045 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6046 {
6047 annotate_field (6);
6048 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6049 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6050 the frame ID. */
6051 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6052 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6053 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6054 }
6055
6056 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6057 {
6058 annotate_field (7);
6059 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6060 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6061 else
6062 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6063 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6064
6065 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6066 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6067 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6068 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6069 == condition_evaluation_target)
6070 {
6071 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6072 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6073 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6074 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6075 }
6076 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6077 }
6078
6079 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6080 {
6081 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6082 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6083 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6084 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6085 }
6086
6087 if (!part_of_multiple)
6088 {
6089 if (b->hit_count)
6090 {
6091 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6092 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6093 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6094 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6095 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6096 else
6097 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6098 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6099 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6100 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6101 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6102 else
6103 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6104 }
6105 else
6106 {
6107 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6108 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6109 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6110 }
6111 }
6112
6113 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6114 {
6115 annotate_field (8);
6116 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6117 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6118 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6119 }
6120
6121 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6122 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6123 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6124 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6125 {
6126 annotate_field (8);
6127 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6128 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6129 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6130 if (b->ignore_count)
6131 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6132 else
6133 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6134 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6135 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6136 }
6137
6138 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6139 {
6140 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6141
6142 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6143 {
6144 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6145 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6146 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6147 }
6148 }
6149
6150 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6151 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6152 {
6153 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6154
6155 annotate_field (9);
6156 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6157 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6158 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6159 }
6160
6161 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6162 {
6163 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6164
6165 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6166 {
6167 annotate_field (10);
6168 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6169 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6170 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6171 }
6172
6173 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6174 pending. */
6175 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6176 {
6177 annotate_field (11);
6178
6179 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6180 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6181 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6182 else
6183 {
6184 if (loc->inserted)
6185 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6186 else
6187 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6188 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6189 }
6190 }
6191 }
6192
6193 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6194 {
6195 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6196 {
6197 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6198
6199 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6200 }
6201 else if (b->addr_string)
6202 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6203 }
6204 }
6205
6206 static void
6207 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6208 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6209 int allflag)
6210 {
6211 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6212 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6213
6214 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6215
6216 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6217 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6218
6219 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6220 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6221 locations, if any. */
6222 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6223 {
6224 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6225 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6226 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6227 situation.
6228
6229 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6230 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6231 if (b->loc
6232 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6233 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6234 {
6235 struct bp_location *loc;
6236 int n = 1;
6237
6238 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6239 {
6240 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6241 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6242 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6243 do_cleanups (inner2);
6244 }
6245 }
6246 }
6247 }
6248
6249 static int
6250 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6251 {
6252 int print_address_bits = 0;
6253 struct bp_location *loc;
6254
6255 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6256 {
6257 int addr_bit;
6258
6259 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6260 an address to print. */
6261 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6262 continue;
6263
6264 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6265 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6266 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6267 }
6268
6269 return print_address_bits;
6270 }
6271
6272 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6273 {
6274 int bnum;
6275 };
6276
6277 static int
6278 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6279 {
6280 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6281 struct breakpoint *b;
6282 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6283
6284 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6285 {
6286 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6287 {
6288 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6289 return GDB_RC_OK;
6290 }
6291 }
6292 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6293 }
6294
6295 enum gdb_rc
6296 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6297 char **error_message)
6298 {
6299 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6300
6301 args.bnum = bnum;
6302 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6303 an error. */
6304 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6305 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6306 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6307 else
6308 return GDB_RC_OK;
6309 }
6310
6311 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6312 internal or momentary. */
6313
6314 int
6315 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6316 {
6317 return b->number > 0;
6318 }
6319
6320 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6321 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6322 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6323 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6324 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6325 breakpoints listed. */
6326
6327 static int
6328 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6329 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6330 {
6331 struct breakpoint *b;
6332 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6333 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6334 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6335 struct value_print_options opts;
6336 int print_address_bits = 0;
6337 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6338 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6339
6340 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6341
6342 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6343 required for address fields. */
6344 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6345 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6346 {
6347 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6348 if (filter && !filter (b))
6349 continue;
6350
6351 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6352 accept. Skip the others. */
6353 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6354 {
6355 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6356 continue;
6357 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6358 continue;
6359 }
6360
6361 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6362 {
6363 int addr_bit, type_len;
6364
6365 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6366 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6367 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6368
6369 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6370 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6371 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6372
6373 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6374 }
6375 }
6376
6377 if (opts.addressprint)
6378 bkpttbl_chain
6379 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6380 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6381 "BreakpointTable");
6382 else
6383 bkpttbl_chain
6384 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6385 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6386 "BreakpointTable");
6387
6388 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6389 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6390 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6391 annotate_field (0);
6392 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6393 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6394 annotate_field (1);
6395 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6396 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6397 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6398 annotate_field (2);
6399 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6400 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6401 annotate_field (3);
6402 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6403 if (opts.addressprint)
6404 {
6405 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6406 annotate_field (4);
6407 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6408 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6409 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6410 else
6411 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6412 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6413 }
6414 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6415 annotate_field (5);
6416 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6417 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6418 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6419 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6420
6421 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6422 {
6423 QUIT;
6424 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6425 if (filter && !filter (b))
6426 continue;
6427
6428 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6429 accept. Skip the others. */
6430
6431 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6432 {
6433 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6434 {
6435 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6436 continue;
6437 }
6438 else /* all others */
6439 {
6440 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6441 continue;
6442 }
6443 }
6444 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6445 allflag is set. */
6446 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6447 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6448 }
6449
6450 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6451
6452 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6453 {
6454 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6455 empty list. */
6456 if (!filter)
6457 {
6458 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6459 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6460 else
6461 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6462 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6463 args);
6464 }
6465 }
6466 else
6467 {
6468 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6469 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6470 }
6471
6472 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6473 there have been breakpoints? */
6474 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6475
6476 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6477 }
6478
6479 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6480 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6481
6482 static void
6483 default_collect_info (void)
6484 {
6485 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6486
6487 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6488 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6489 not wanted. */
6490 if (!*default_collect)
6491 return;
6492
6493 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6494 actions. */
6495 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6496 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6497 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6498 }
6499
6500 static void
6501 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6502 {
6503 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6504
6505 default_collect_info ();
6506 }
6507
6508 static void
6509 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6510 {
6511 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6512 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6513
6514 if (num_printed == 0)
6515 {
6516 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6517 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6518 else
6519 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6520 }
6521 }
6522
6523 static void
6524 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6525 {
6526 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6527
6528 default_collect_info ();
6529 }
6530
6531 static int
6532 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6533 struct program_space *pspace,
6534 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6535 {
6536 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6537
6538 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6539 {
6540 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6541 && bl->address == pc
6542 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6543 return 1;
6544 }
6545 return 0;
6546 }
6547
6548 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6549 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6550 address spaces. */
6551
6552 static void
6553 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6554 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6555 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6556 {
6557 int others = 0;
6558 struct breakpoint *b;
6559
6560 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6561 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6562 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6563 if (others > 0)
6564 {
6565 if (others == 1)
6566 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6567 else /* if (others == ???) */
6568 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6569 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6570 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6571 {
6572 others--;
6573 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6574 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6575 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6576 else if (b->thread != -1)
6577 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6578 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6579 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6580 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6581 ? " (disabled)"
6582 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6583 ? " (permanent)"
6584 : ""),
6585 (others > 1) ? ","
6586 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6587 }
6588 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6589 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6590 printf_filtered (".\n");
6591 }
6592 }
6593 \f
6594
6595 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6596 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6597 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6598 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6599
6600 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6601 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6602 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6603 breakpoint at address zero:
6604
6605 bp_watchpoint
6606 bp_catchpoint
6607
6608 */
6609
6610 static int
6611 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6612 {
6613 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6614
6615 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6616 }
6617
6618 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6619 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6620
6621 static int
6622 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6623 struct bp_location *loc2)
6624 {
6625 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6626 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6627
6628 /* Both of them must exist. */
6629 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6630 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6631
6632 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6633 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6634 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6635 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6636 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6637 other watchpoint. */
6638 if ((w1->cond_exp
6639 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6640 loc1->length,
6641 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6642 w1->cond_exp))
6643 || (w2->cond_exp
6644 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6645 loc2->length,
6646 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6647 w2->cond_exp)))
6648 return 0;
6649
6650 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6651 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6652 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6653 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6654 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6655 become hw_access locations later. */
6656 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6657 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6658 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6659 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6660 }
6661
6662 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6663 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6664 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6665 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6666
6667 static int
6668 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6669 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6670 {
6671 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6672 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6673 && addr1 == addr2);
6674 }
6675
6676 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6677 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6678 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6679 space doesn't really matter. */
6680
6681 static int
6682 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6683 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6684 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6685 {
6686 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6687 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6688 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6689 }
6690
6691 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6692 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6693 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6694 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6695
6696 static int
6697 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6698 struct address_space *aspace,
6699 CORE_ADDR addr)
6700 {
6701 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6702 aspace, addr)
6703 || (bl->length
6704 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6705 bl->address, bl->length,
6706 aspace, addr)));
6707 }
6708
6709 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6710 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6711 true, otherwise returns false. */
6712
6713 static int
6714 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6715 struct bp_location *loc2)
6716 {
6717 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6718 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6719 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6720 different locations. */
6721 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6722 else
6723 return 0;
6724 }
6725
6726 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6727 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6728 represent the same location. */
6729
6730 static int
6731 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6732 struct bp_location *loc2)
6733 {
6734 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6735
6736 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6737 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6738 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6739
6740 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6741 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6742
6743 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6744 return 0;
6745 else if (hw_point1)
6746 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6747 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6748 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6749 else
6750 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6751 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6752 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6753 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6754 }
6755
6756 static void
6757 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6758 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6759 {
6760 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6761 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6762 char astr1[64];
6763 char astr2[64];
6764
6765 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6766 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6767 if (have_bnum)
6768 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6769 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6770 else
6771 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6772 }
6773
6774 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6775 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6776 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6777 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6778
6779 static CORE_ADDR
6780 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6781 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6782 {
6783 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6784 {
6785 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6786 return bpaddr;
6787 }
6788 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6789 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6790 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6791 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6792 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6793 {
6794 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6795 have their addresses modified. */
6796 return bpaddr;
6797 }
6798 else
6799 {
6800 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6801
6802 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6803 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6804 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6805
6806 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6807 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6808 is required. */
6809 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6810 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6811
6812 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6813 }
6814 }
6815
6816 void
6817 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6818 struct breakpoint *owner)
6819 {
6820 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6821
6822 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6823
6824 loc->ops = ops;
6825 loc->owner = owner;
6826 loc->cond = NULL;
6827 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6828 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6829 loc->enabled = 1;
6830
6831 switch (owner->type)
6832 {
6833 case bp_breakpoint:
6834 case bp_until:
6835 case bp_finish:
6836 case bp_longjmp:
6837 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6838 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6839 case bp_exception:
6840 case bp_exception_resume:
6841 case bp_step_resume:
6842 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6843 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6844 case bp_call_dummy:
6845 case bp_std_terminate:
6846 case bp_shlib_event:
6847 case bp_thread_event:
6848 case bp_overlay_event:
6849 case bp_jit_event:
6850 case bp_longjmp_master:
6851 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6852 case bp_exception_master:
6853 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6854 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6855 case bp_dprintf:
6856 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6857 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6858 break;
6859 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6860 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6861 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6862 break;
6863 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6864 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6865 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6866 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6867 break;
6868 case bp_watchpoint:
6869 case bp_catchpoint:
6870 case bp_tracepoint:
6871 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6872 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6873 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6874 break;
6875 default:
6876 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6877 }
6878
6879 loc->refc = 1;
6880 }
6881
6882 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6883
6884 static struct bp_location *
6885 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6886 {
6887 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6888 }
6889
6890 static void
6891 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6892 {
6893 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6894 xfree (loc);
6895 }
6896
6897 /* Increment reference count. */
6898
6899 static void
6900 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6901 {
6902 ++bl->refc;
6903 }
6904
6905 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6906 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6907
6908 static void
6909 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6910 {
6911 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6912
6913 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6914 free_bp_location (*blp);
6915 *blp = NULL;
6916 }
6917
6918 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6919
6920 static void
6921 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6922 {
6923 struct breakpoint *b1;
6924
6925 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6926 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6927
6928 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6929 if (b1 == 0)
6930 breakpoint_chain = b;
6931 else
6932 {
6933 while (b1->next)
6934 b1 = b1->next;
6935 b1->next = b;
6936 }
6937 }
6938
6939 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6940
6941 static void
6942 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6943 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6944 enum bptype bptype,
6945 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6946 {
6947 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6948
6949 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6950
6951 b->ops = ops;
6952 b->type = bptype;
6953 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6954 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6955 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6956 b->thread = -1;
6957 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6958 b->next = 0;
6959 b->silent = 0;
6960 b->ignore_count = 0;
6961 b->commands = NULL;
6962 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6963 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6964 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6965 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6966 }
6967
6968 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6969 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6970
6971 static struct breakpoint *
6972 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6973 enum bptype bptype,
6974 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6975 {
6976 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6977
6978 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6979 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6980 return b;
6981 }
6982
6983 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6984 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6985 enough. */
6986
6987 static void
6988 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6989 {
6990 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6991
6992 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6993 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6994 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6995 {
6996 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6997 const char *function_name;
6998 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6999
7000 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7001 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7002
7003 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7004 {
7005 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7006
7007 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7008 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7009 &loc->requested_address))
7010 {
7011 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7012 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7013 loc->requested_address,
7014 b->type);
7015 }
7016 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7017 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7018 {
7019 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7020 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7021 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7022 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7023 breakpoint. */
7024 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7025 }
7026 }
7027
7028 if (function_name)
7029 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7030 }
7031 }
7032
7033 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7034 struct gdbarch *
7035 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7036 {
7037 if (sal.section)
7038 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7039 if (sal.symtab)
7040 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7041
7042 return NULL;
7043 }
7044
7045 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7046 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7047 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7048
7049 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7050 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7051 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7052
7053 static void
7054 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7055 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7056 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7057 {
7058 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7059
7060 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7061
7062 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7063 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7064
7065 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7066 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7067 program space. */
7068 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7069 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7070 }
7071
7072 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7073 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7074 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7075 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7076 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7077 is also returned as the value of this function.
7078
7079 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7080 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7081 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7082 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7083 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7084 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7085 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7086
7087 struct breakpoint *
7088 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7089 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7090 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7091 {
7092 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7093
7094 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7095 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7096 return b;
7097 }
7098
7099
7100 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7101 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7102 void
7103 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7104 {
7105 struct bp_location *bl;
7106
7107 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7108
7109 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7110 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7111 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7112 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7113 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7114 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7115 bl->inserted = 1;
7116 }
7117
7118 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7119 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7120 initiated the operation. */
7121
7122 void
7123 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7124 {
7125 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7126 int thread = tp->num;
7127
7128 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7129 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7130 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7131 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7132 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7133 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7134 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7135 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7136 {
7137 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7138 struct breakpoint *clone;
7139
7140 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7141 after their removal. */
7142 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7143 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7144 clone->thread = thread;
7145 }
7146
7147 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7148 }
7149
7150 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7151 void
7152 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7153 {
7154 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7155
7156 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7157 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7158 {
7159 if (b->thread == thread)
7160 delete_breakpoint (b);
7161 }
7162 }
7163
7164 void
7165 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7166 {
7167 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7168
7169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7170 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7171 {
7172 if (b->thread == thread)
7173 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7174 }
7175 }
7176
7177 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7178 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7179 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7180 breakpoints. */
7181
7182 struct breakpoint *
7183 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7184 {
7185 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7186
7187 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7188 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7189 {
7190 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7191
7192 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7193 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7194 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7195
7196 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7197
7198 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7199 if (retval == NULL)
7200 retval = new_b;
7201 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7202 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7203 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7204 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7205 }
7206
7207 return retval;
7208 }
7209
7210 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7211 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7212 stack.
7213
7214 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7215 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7216 frames. */
7217
7218 void
7219 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7220 {
7221 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7222
7223 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7224 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7225 {
7226 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7227
7228 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7229 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7230 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7231 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7232 continue;
7233
7234 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7235
7236 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7237 {
7238 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7239 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7240 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7241 }
7242 delete_breakpoint (b);
7243 }
7244 }
7245
7246 void
7247 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7248 {
7249 struct breakpoint *b;
7250
7251 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7252 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7253 {
7254 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7255 update_global_location_list (1);
7256 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7257 }
7258 }
7259
7260 void
7261 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7262 {
7263 struct breakpoint *b;
7264
7265 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7266 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7267 {
7268 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7269 update_global_location_list (0);
7270 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7271 }
7272 }
7273
7274 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7275 master breakpoint. */
7276 void
7277 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7278 {
7279 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7280
7281 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7282 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7283 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7284 {
7285 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7286 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7287 }
7288 }
7289
7290 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7291 void
7292 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7293 {
7294 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7295
7296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7297 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7298 delete_breakpoint (b);
7299 }
7300
7301 struct breakpoint *
7302 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7303 {
7304 struct breakpoint *b;
7305
7306 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7307 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7308
7309 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7310 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7311 b->addr_string
7312 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7313
7314 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7315
7316 return b;
7317 }
7318
7319 void
7320 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7321 {
7322 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7323
7324 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7325 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7326 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7327 delete_breakpoint (b);
7328 }
7329
7330 struct lang_and_radix
7331 {
7332 enum language lang;
7333 int radix;
7334 };
7335
7336 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7337
7338 struct breakpoint *
7339 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7340 {
7341 struct breakpoint *b;
7342
7343 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7344 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7345 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7346 return b;
7347 }
7348
7349 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7350
7351 void
7352 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7353 {
7354 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7355
7356 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7357 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7358 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7359 delete_breakpoint (b);
7360 }
7361
7362 void
7363 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7364 {
7365 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7366
7367 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7368 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7369 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7370 delete_breakpoint (b);
7371 }
7372
7373 struct breakpoint *
7374 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7375 {
7376 struct breakpoint *b;
7377
7378 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7379 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7380 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7381 return b;
7382 }
7383
7384 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7385 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7386
7387 void
7388 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7389 {
7390 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7391
7392 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7393 {
7394 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7395 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7396
7397 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7398 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7399 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7400 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7401 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7402 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7403 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7404 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7405 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7406 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7407 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7408 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7409 )
7410 {
7411 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7412 }
7413 }
7414 }
7415
7416 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7417 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7418 disabled. */
7419
7420 static void
7421 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7422 {
7423 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7424 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7425
7426 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7427 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7428 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7429 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7430 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7431 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7432 return;
7433
7434 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7435 {
7436 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7437 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7438
7439 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7440 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7441 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7442 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7443 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7444 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7445 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7446 || is_tracepoint (b))
7447 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7448 {
7449 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7450 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7451 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7452 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7453 loc->inserted = 0;
7454
7455 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7456 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7457
7458 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7459 {
7460 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7461 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7462 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7463 solib->so_name);
7464 }
7465 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7466 }
7467 }
7468 }
7469
7470 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7471
7472 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7473 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7474 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7475 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7476 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7477
7478 struct fork_catchpoint
7479 {
7480 /* The base class. */
7481 struct breakpoint base;
7482
7483 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7484 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7485 catchpoint has triggered. */
7486 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7487 };
7488
7489 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7490 catchpoints. */
7491
7492 static int
7493 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7494 {
7495 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7496 }
7497
7498 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7499 catchpoints. */
7500
7501 static int
7502 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7503 {
7504 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7505 }
7506
7507 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7508 catchpoints. */
7509
7510 static int
7511 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7512 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7513 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7514 {
7515 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7516
7517 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7518 return 0;
7519
7520 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7521 return 1;
7522 }
7523
7524 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7525 catchpoints. */
7526
7527 static enum print_stop_action
7528 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7529 {
7530 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7531 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7532 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7533
7534 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7535 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7536 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7537 else
7538 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7539 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7540 {
7541 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7542 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7543 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7544 }
7545 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7546 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7547 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7548 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7549 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7550 }
7551
7552 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7553 catchpoints. */
7554
7555 static void
7556 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7557 {
7558 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7559 struct value_print_options opts;
7560 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7561
7562 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7563
7564 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7565 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7566 readable). */
7567 if (opts.addressprint)
7568 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7569 annotate_field (5);
7570 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7571 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7572 {
7573 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7574 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7575 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7576 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7577 }
7578
7579 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7580 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7581 }
7582
7583 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7584 catchpoints. */
7585
7586 static void
7587 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7588 {
7589 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7590 }
7591
7592 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7593 catchpoints. */
7594
7595 static void
7596 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7597 {
7598 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7599 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7600 }
7601
7602 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7603
7604 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7605
7606 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7607 catchpoints. */
7608
7609 static int
7610 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7611 {
7612 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7613 }
7614
7615 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7616 catchpoints. */
7617
7618 static int
7619 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7620 {
7621 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7622 }
7623
7624 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7625 catchpoints. */
7626
7627 static int
7628 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7629 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7630 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7631 {
7632 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7633
7634 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7635 return 0;
7636
7637 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7638 return 1;
7639 }
7640
7641 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7642 catchpoints. */
7643
7644 static enum print_stop_action
7645 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7646 {
7647 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7648 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7649 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7650
7651 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7652 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7653 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7654 else
7655 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7656 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7657 {
7658 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7659 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7660 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7661 }
7662 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7663 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7664 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7665 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7666 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7667 }
7668
7669 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7670 catchpoints. */
7671
7672 static void
7673 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7674 {
7675 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7676 struct value_print_options opts;
7677 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7678
7679 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7680 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7681 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7682 readable). */
7683 if (opts.addressprint)
7684 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7685 annotate_field (5);
7686 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7687 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7688 {
7689 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7690 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7691 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7692 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7693 }
7694
7695 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7696 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7697 }
7698
7699 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7700 catchpoints. */
7701
7702 static void
7703 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7704 {
7705 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7706 }
7707
7708 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7709 catchpoints. */
7710
7711 static void
7712 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7713 {
7714 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7715 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7716 }
7717
7718 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7719
7720 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7721
7722 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7723 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7724 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7725 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7726 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7727
7728 struct solib_catchpoint
7729 {
7730 /* The base class. */
7731 struct breakpoint base;
7732
7733 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7734 unsigned char is_load;
7735
7736 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7737 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7738 char *regex;
7739 regex_t compiled;
7740 };
7741
7742 static void
7743 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7744 {
7745 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7746
7747 if (self->regex)
7748 regfree (&self->compiled);
7749 xfree (self->regex);
7750
7751 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7752 }
7753
7754 static int
7755 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7756 {
7757 return 0;
7758 }
7759
7760 static int
7761 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7762 {
7763 return 0;
7764 }
7765
7766 static int
7767 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7768 struct address_space *aspace,
7769 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7770 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7771 {
7772 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7773 struct breakpoint *other;
7774
7775 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7776 return 1;
7777
7778 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7779 {
7780 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7781
7782 if (other == bl->owner)
7783 continue;
7784
7785 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7786 continue;
7787
7788 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7789 continue;
7790
7791 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7792 {
7793 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7794 return 1;
7795 }
7796 }
7797
7798 return 0;
7799 }
7800
7801 static void
7802 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7803 {
7804 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7805 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7806 int ix;
7807
7808 if (self->is_load)
7809 {
7810 struct so_list *iter;
7811
7812 for (ix = 0;
7813 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7814 ix, iter);
7815 ++ix)
7816 {
7817 if (!self->regex
7818 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7819 return;
7820 }
7821 }
7822 else
7823 {
7824 char *iter;
7825
7826 for (ix = 0;
7827 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7828 ix, iter);
7829 ++ix)
7830 {
7831 if (!self->regex
7832 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7833 return;
7834 }
7835 }
7836
7837 bs->stop = 0;
7838 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7839 }
7840
7841 static enum print_stop_action
7842 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7843 {
7844 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7845 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7846
7847 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7848 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7849 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7850 else
7851 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7852 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7853 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7854 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7855 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7856 print_solib_event (1);
7857 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7858 }
7859
7860 static void
7861 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7862 {
7863 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7864 struct value_print_options opts;
7865 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7866 char *msg;
7867
7868 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7869 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7870 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7871 readable). */
7872 if (opts.addressprint)
7873 {
7874 annotate_field (4);
7875 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7876 }
7877
7878 annotate_field (5);
7879 if (self->is_load)
7880 {
7881 if (self->regex)
7882 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7883 else
7884 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7885 }
7886 else
7887 {
7888 if (self->regex)
7889 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7890 else
7891 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7892 }
7893 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7894 xfree (msg);
7895
7896 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7897 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7898 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7899 }
7900
7901 static void
7902 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7903 {
7904 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7905
7906 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7907 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7908 }
7909
7910 static void
7911 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7912 {
7913 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7914
7915 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7916 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7917 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7918 if (self->regex)
7919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7920 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7921 }
7922
7923 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7924
7925 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7926 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7927 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7928 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7929 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7930 created in an enabled state. */
7931
7932 void
7933 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7934 {
7935 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7936 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7937 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7938
7939 if (!arg)
7940 arg = "";
7941 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7942
7943 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7944 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7945
7946 if (*arg != '\0')
7947 {
7948 int errcode;
7949
7950 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7951 if (errcode != 0)
7952 {
7953 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7954
7955 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7956 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7957 }
7958 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7959 }
7960
7961 c->is_load = is_load;
7962 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7963 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7964
7965 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7966
7967 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7968 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7969 }
7970
7971 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7972 "catch unload". */
7973
7974 static void
7975 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7976 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7977 {
7978 int tempflag;
7979 const int enabled = 1;
7980
7981 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7982
7983 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7984 }
7985
7986 static void
7987 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7988 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7989 {
7990 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7991 }
7992
7993 static void
7994 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7995 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7996 {
7997 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7998 }
7999
8000 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8001 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8002 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8003 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8004 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8005
8006 struct syscall_catchpoint
8007 {
8008 /* The base class. */
8009 struct breakpoint base;
8010
8011 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8012 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8013 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8014 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8015 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8016 };
8017
8018 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8019 catchpoints. */
8020
8021 static void
8022 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8023 {
8024 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8025
8026 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8027
8028 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8029 }
8030
8031 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8032
8033 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8034 {
8035 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8036 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8037 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8038
8039 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8040 int any_syscall_count;
8041
8042 /* Count of each system call. */
8043 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8044
8045 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8046 if any catching is necessary. */
8047 int total_syscalls_count;
8048 };
8049
8050 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8051 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8052 {
8053 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8054
8055 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8056 if (inf_data == NULL)
8057 {
8058 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8059 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8060 }
8061
8062 return inf_data;
8063 }
8064
8065 static void
8066 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8067 {
8068 xfree (arg);
8069 }
8070
8071
8072 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8073 catchpoints. */
8074
8075 static int
8076 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8077 {
8078 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8079 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8080 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8081 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8082
8083 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8084 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8085 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8086 else
8087 {
8088 int i, iter;
8089
8090 for (i = 0;
8091 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8092 i++)
8093 {
8094 int elem;
8095
8096 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8097 {
8098 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8099 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8100 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8101 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8102 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8103 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8104 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8105 + vec_addr_offset);
8106 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8107 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8108 }
8109 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8110 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8111 }
8112 }
8113
8114 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8115 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8116 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8117 VEC_length (int,
8118 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8119 VEC_address (int,
8120 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8121 }
8122
8123 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8124 catchpoints. */
8125
8126 static int
8127 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8128 {
8129 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8130 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8131 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8132 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8133
8134 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8135 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8136 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8137 else
8138 {
8139 int i, iter;
8140
8141 for (i = 0;
8142 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8143 i++)
8144 {
8145 int elem;
8146 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8147 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8148 continue;
8149 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8150 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8151 }
8152 }
8153
8154 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8155 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8156 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8157 VEC_length (int,
8158 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8159 VEC_address (int,
8160 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8161 }
8162
8163 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8164 catchpoints. */
8165
8166 static int
8167 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8168 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8169 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8170 {
8171 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8172 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8173 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8174 int syscall_number = 0;
8175 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8176 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8177
8178 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8179 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8180 return 0;
8181
8182 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8183
8184 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8185 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8186 {
8187 int i, iter;
8188
8189 for (i = 0;
8190 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8191 i++)
8192 if (syscall_number == iter)
8193 break;
8194 /* Not the same. */
8195 if (!iter)
8196 return 0;
8197 }
8198
8199 return 1;
8200 }
8201
8202 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8203 catchpoints. */
8204
8205 static enum print_stop_action
8206 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8207 {
8208 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8209 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8210 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8211 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8212 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8213 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8214 ptid_t ptid;
8215 struct target_waitstatus last;
8216 struct syscall s;
8217
8218 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8219
8220 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8221
8222 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8223
8224 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8225 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8226 else
8227 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8228 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8229 {
8230 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8231 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8232 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8233 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8234 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8235 }
8236 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8237
8238 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8239 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8240 else
8241 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8242
8243 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8244 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8245 if (s.name != NULL)
8246 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8247
8248 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8249
8250 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8251 }
8252
8253 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8254 catchpoints. */
8255
8256 static void
8257 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8258 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8259 {
8260 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8261 struct value_print_options opts;
8262 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8263
8264 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8265 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8266 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8267 readable). */
8268 if (opts.addressprint)
8269 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8270 annotate_field (5);
8271
8272 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8273 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8274 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8275 else
8276 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8277
8278 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8279 {
8280 int i, iter;
8281 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8282
8283 for (i = 0;
8284 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8285 i++)
8286 {
8287 char *x = text;
8288 struct syscall s;
8289 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8290
8291 if (s.name != NULL)
8292 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8293 else
8294 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8295
8296 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8297 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8298 on every call. */
8299 xfree (x);
8300 }
8301 /* Remove the last comma. */
8302 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8303 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8304 }
8305 else
8306 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8307 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8308
8309 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8310 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8311 }
8312
8313 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8314 catchpoints. */
8315
8316 static void
8317 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8318 {
8319 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8320
8321 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8322 {
8323 int i, iter;
8324
8325 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8326 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8327 else
8328 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8329
8330 for (i = 0;
8331 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8332 i++)
8333 {
8334 struct syscall s;
8335 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8336
8337 if (s.name)
8338 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8339 else
8340 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8341 }
8342 printf_filtered (")");
8343 }
8344 else
8345 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8346 b->number);
8347 }
8348
8349 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8350 catchpoints. */
8351
8352 static void
8353 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8354 {
8355 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8356
8357 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8358
8359 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8360 {
8361 int i, iter;
8362
8363 for (i = 0;
8364 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8365 i++)
8366 {
8367 struct syscall s;
8368
8369 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8370 if (s.name)
8371 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8372 else
8373 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8374 }
8375 }
8376 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8377 }
8378
8379 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8380
8381 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8382
8383 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8384
8385 static int
8386 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8387 {
8388 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8389 }
8390
8391 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8392 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8393 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8394 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8395
8396 void
8397 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8398 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8399 char *cond_string,
8400 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8401 {
8402 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8403
8404 init_sal (&sal);
8405 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8406
8407 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8408
8409 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8410 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8411 }
8412
8413 void
8414 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8415 {
8416 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8417 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8418 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8419 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8420 if (!internal)
8421 mention (b);
8422 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8423
8424 if (update_gll)
8425 update_global_location_list (1);
8426 }
8427
8428 static void
8429 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8430 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8431 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8432 {
8433 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8434
8435 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8436
8437 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8438
8439 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8440 }
8441
8442 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8443
8444 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8445 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8446 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8447 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8448 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8449
8450 struct exec_catchpoint
8451 {
8452 /* The base class. */
8453 struct breakpoint base;
8454
8455 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8456 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8457 triggered. */
8458 char *exec_pathname;
8459 };
8460
8461 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8462 catchpoints. */
8463
8464 static void
8465 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8466 {
8467 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8468
8469 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8470
8471 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8472 }
8473
8474 static int
8475 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8476 {
8477 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8478 }
8479
8480 static int
8481 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8482 {
8483 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8484 }
8485
8486 static int
8487 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8488 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8489 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8490 {
8491 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8492
8493 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8494 return 0;
8495
8496 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8497 return 1;
8498 }
8499
8500 static enum print_stop_action
8501 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8502 {
8503 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8504 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8505 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8506
8507 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8508 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8509 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8510 else
8511 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8512 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8513 {
8514 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8515 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8516 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8517 }
8518 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8519 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8520 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8521 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8522
8523 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8524 }
8525
8526 static void
8527 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8528 {
8529 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8530 struct value_print_options opts;
8531 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8532
8533 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8534
8535 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8536 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8537 is relatively readable). */
8538 if (opts.addressprint)
8539 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8540 annotate_field (5);
8541 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8542 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8543 {
8544 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8545 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8546 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8547 }
8548
8549 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8550 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8551 }
8552
8553 static void
8554 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8555 {
8556 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8557 }
8558
8559 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8560 catchpoints. */
8561
8562 static void
8563 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8564 {
8565 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8566 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8567 }
8568
8569 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8570
8571 static void
8572 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8573 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8574 {
8575 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8576 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8577
8578 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8579 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8580 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8581
8582 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8583 }
8584
8585 static int
8586 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8587 {
8588 int i = 0;
8589 struct breakpoint *b;
8590 struct bp_location *bl;
8591
8592 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8593 {
8594 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8595 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8596 {
8597 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8598 one register. */
8599 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8600 }
8601 }
8602
8603 return i;
8604 }
8605
8606 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8607 watchpoint. */
8608
8609 static int
8610 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8611 {
8612 int i = 0;
8613 struct bp_location *bl;
8614
8615 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8616 return 0;
8617
8618 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8619 {
8620 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8621 one register. */
8622 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8623 }
8624
8625 return i;
8626 }
8627
8628 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8629 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8630 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8631 types _not_ TYPE. */
8632
8633 static int
8634 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8635 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8636 {
8637 int i = 0;
8638 struct breakpoint *b;
8639
8640 *other_type_used = 0;
8641 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8642 {
8643 if (b == except)
8644 continue;
8645 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8646 continue;
8647
8648 if (b->type == type)
8649 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8650 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8651 *other_type_used = 1;
8652 }
8653
8654 return i;
8655 }
8656
8657 void
8658 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8659 {
8660 struct breakpoint *b;
8661
8662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8663 {
8664 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8665 {
8666 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8667 update_global_location_list (0);
8668 }
8669 }
8670 }
8671
8672 void
8673 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8674 {
8675 struct breakpoint *b;
8676
8677 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8678 {
8679 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8680 {
8681 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8682 update_global_location_list (1);
8683 }
8684 }
8685 }
8686
8687 void
8688 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8689 {
8690 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8691 update_global_location_list (0);
8692 }
8693
8694 void
8695 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8696 {
8697 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8698 breakpoint_re_set ();
8699 }
8700
8701
8702 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8703 at address specified by SAL.
8704 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8705
8706 struct breakpoint *
8707 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8708 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8709 {
8710 struct breakpoint *b;
8711
8712 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8713 tail-called one. */
8714 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8715
8716 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8717 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8718 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8719 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8720
8721 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8722 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8723 control. */
8724 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8725 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8726
8727 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8728
8729 return b;
8730 }
8731
8732 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8733 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8734 breakpoint_ops. */
8735
8736 static struct breakpoint *
8737 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8738 enum bptype type,
8739 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8740 {
8741 struct breakpoint *copy;
8742
8743 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8744 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8745 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8746
8747 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8748 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8749 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8750 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8751 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8752 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8753 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8754 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8755 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8756 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8757 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8758
8759 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8760 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8761 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8762
8763 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8764 return copy;
8765 }
8766
8767 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8768 ORIG is NULL. */
8769
8770 struct breakpoint *
8771 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8772 {
8773 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8774 if (orig == NULL)
8775 return NULL;
8776
8777 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8778 }
8779
8780 struct breakpoint *
8781 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8782 enum bptype type)
8783 {
8784 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8785
8786 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8787 sal.pc = pc;
8788 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8789 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8790
8791 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8792 }
8793 \f
8794
8795 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8796
8797 static void
8798 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8799 {
8800 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8801 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8802 return;
8803 printf_filtered ("\n");
8804 }
8805 \f
8806
8807 static struct bp_location *
8808 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8809 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8810 {
8811 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8812 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8813 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8814
8815 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8816 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8817
8818 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8819 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8820 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8821 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8822 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8823 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8824 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8825 sal->pc, b->type);
8826
8827 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8828 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8829 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8830 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8831 ;
8832 loc->next = *tmp;
8833 *tmp = loc;
8834
8835 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8836 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8837 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8838 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8839 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8840 loc->section = sal->section;
8841 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8842 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8843 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8844
8845 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8846 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8847 return loc;
8848 }
8849 \f
8850
8851 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8852 return 0 otherwise. */
8853
8854 static int
8855 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8856 {
8857 int len;
8858 CORE_ADDR addr;
8859 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8860 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8861 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8862 int retval = 0;
8863
8864 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8865
8866 addr = loc->address;
8867 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8868
8869 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8870 if (bpoint == NULL)
8871 return 0;
8872
8873 target_mem = alloca (len);
8874
8875 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8876 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8877 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8878 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8879
8880 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8881 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8882
8883 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8884 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8885 retval = 1;
8886
8887 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8888
8889 return retval;
8890 }
8891
8892 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8893 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8894
8895 static void
8896 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8897 {
8898 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8899 char *printf_line = NULL;
8900
8901 if (!dprintf_args)
8902 return;
8903
8904 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8905
8906 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8907 insist on it. */
8908 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8909 ++dprintf_args;
8910 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8911
8912 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8913 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8914
8915 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8916 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8917 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8918 {
8919 if (!dprintf_function)
8920 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8921
8922 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8923 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8924 dprintf_function,
8925 dprintf_channel,
8926 dprintf_args);
8927 else
8928 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8929 dprintf_function,
8930 dprintf_args);
8931 }
8932 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8933 {
8934 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8935 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8936 else
8937 {
8938 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8939 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8940 }
8941 }
8942 else
8943 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8944 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8945
8946 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8947 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8948 {
8949 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8950
8951 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8952 {
8953 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8954 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8955 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8956 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8957 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8958 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8959 }
8960
8961 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8962 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8963 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8964 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8965 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8966 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8967
8968 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8969 }
8970 }
8971
8972 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8973 current style settings. */
8974
8975 static void
8976 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8977 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8978 {
8979 struct breakpoint *b;
8980
8981 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8982 {
8983 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8984 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8985 }
8986 }
8987
8988 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8989 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8990 as condition expression. */
8991
8992 static void
8993 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8994 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8995 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8996 char *extra_string,
8997 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8998 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8999 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9000 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9001 int display_canonical)
9002 {
9003 int i;
9004
9005 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9006 {
9007 int target_resources_ok;
9008
9009 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9010 target_resources_ok =
9011 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9012 i + 1, 0);
9013 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9014 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9015 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9016 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9017 }
9018
9019 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9020
9021 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9022 {
9023 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9024 struct bp_location *loc;
9025
9026 if (from_tty)
9027 {
9028 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9029 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9030 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9031
9032 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9033 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9034 }
9035
9036 if (i == 0)
9037 {
9038 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9039 b->thread = thread;
9040 b->task = task;
9041
9042 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9043 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9044 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9045 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9046 b->disposition = disposition;
9047
9048 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9049 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9050
9051 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9052 {
9053 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9054 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9055
9056 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9057 {
9058 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9059 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9060 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9061 char *endp;
9062 char *marker_str;
9063
9064 p = skip_spaces (p);
9065
9066 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9067
9068 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9069 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9070
9071 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9072 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9073 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9074 }
9075 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9076 {
9077 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9078 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9079
9080 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9081 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9082 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9083 }
9084 else
9085 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9086 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9087 }
9088
9089 loc = b->loc;
9090 }
9091 else
9092 {
9093 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9094 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9095 loc->inserted = 1;
9096 }
9097
9098 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9099 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9100
9101 if (b->cond_string)
9102 {
9103 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9104
9105 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9106 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9107 if (*arg)
9108 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9109 }
9110
9111 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9112 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9113 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9114 {
9115 if (b->extra_string)
9116 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9117 else
9118 error (_("Format string required"));
9119 }
9120 else if (b->extra_string)
9121 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9122 }
9123
9124 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9125 if (addr_string)
9126 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9127 else
9128 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9129 me. */
9130 b->addr_string
9131 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9132 b->filter = filter;
9133 }
9134
9135 static void
9136 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9137 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9138 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9139 char *extra_string,
9140 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9141 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9142 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9143 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9144 int display_canonical)
9145 {
9146 struct breakpoint *b;
9147 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9148
9149 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9150 {
9151 struct tracepoint *t;
9152
9153 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9154 b = &t->base;
9155 }
9156 else
9157 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9158
9159 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9160
9161 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9162 sals, addr_string,
9163 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9164 type, disposition,
9165 thread, task, ignore_count,
9166 ops, from_tty,
9167 enabled, internal, flags,
9168 display_canonical);
9169 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9170
9171 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9172 }
9173
9174 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9175 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9176 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9177 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9178 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9179 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9180 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9181 we take just a single condition string.
9182
9183 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9184 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9185 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9186 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9187 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9188
9189 static void
9190 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9191 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9192 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9193 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9194 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9195 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9196 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9197 {
9198 int i;
9199 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9200
9201 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9202 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9203
9204 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9205 {
9206 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9207 'break', without arguments. */
9208 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9209 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9210 : NULL);
9211 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9212 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9213
9214 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9215 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9216 addr_string,
9217 filter_string,
9218 cond_string, extra_string,
9219 type, disposition,
9220 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9221 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9222 canonical->special_display);
9223 discard_cleanups (inner);
9224 }
9225 }
9226
9227 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9228 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9229 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9230 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9231
9232 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9233 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9234
9235 static void
9236 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9237 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9238 {
9239 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9240 breakpoint. */
9241 if ((*address) == NULL
9242 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9243 {
9244 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9245 address. */
9246 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9247 {
9248 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9249 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9250 CORE_ADDR pc;
9251
9252 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9253 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9254 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9255
9256 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9257 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9258 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9259 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9260 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9261 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9262 pc = sal.pc;
9263 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9264
9265 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9266 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9267 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9268 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9269 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9270 sal.pc = pc;
9271 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9272
9273 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9274 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9275 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9276
9277 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9278 }
9279 else
9280 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9281 }
9282 else
9283 {
9284 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9285
9286 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9287 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9288 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9289 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9290
9291 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9292 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9293 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9294 && (!cursal.symtab
9295 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9296 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9297 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9298 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9299 get_last_displayed_line (),
9300 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9301 else
9302 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9303 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9304 }
9305 }
9306
9307
9308 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9309 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9310
9311 static void
9312 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9313 {
9314 int i;
9315
9316 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9317 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9318 }
9319
9320 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9321 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9322 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9323 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9324 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9325 it, etc. */
9326
9327 static void
9328 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9329 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9330 {
9331 int i, rslt;
9332 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9333 char *msg;
9334 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9335
9336 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9337 {
9338 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9339
9340 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9341
9342 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9343 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9344 associated with SAL. */
9345 if (sarch == NULL)
9346 sarch = gdbarch;
9347 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9348 NULL, &msg);
9349 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9350
9351 if (!rslt)
9352 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9353 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9354
9355 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9356 }
9357 }
9358
9359 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9360
9361 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9362 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9363 {
9364 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9365 }
9366
9367 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9368 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9369 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9370 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9371 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9372 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9373
9374 static void
9375 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9376 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9377 char **rest)
9378 {
9379 *cond_string = NULL;
9380 *thread = -1;
9381 *task = 0;
9382 *rest = NULL;
9383
9384 while (tok && *tok)
9385 {
9386 const char *end_tok;
9387 int toklen;
9388 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9389 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9390
9391 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9392
9393 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9394 {
9395 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9396 return;
9397 }
9398
9399 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9400
9401 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9402
9403 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9404 {
9405 struct expression *expr;
9406
9407 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9408 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9409 xfree (expr);
9410 cond_end = tok;
9411 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9412 }
9413 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9414 {
9415 char *tmptok;
9416
9417 tok = end_tok + 1;
9418 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9419 if (tok == tmptok)
9420 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9421 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9422 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9423 tok = tmptok;
9424 }
9425 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9426 {
9427 char *tmptok;
9428
9429 tok = end_tok + 1;
9430 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9431 if (tok == tmptok)
9432 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9433 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9434 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9435 tok = tmptok;
9436 }
9437 else if (rest)
9438 {
9439 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9440 return;
9441 }
9442 else
9443 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9444 }
9445 }
9446
9447 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9448
9449 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9450 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9451 {
9452 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9453 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9454 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9455 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9456 char *endp;
9457 char *marker_str;
9458 int i;
9459
9460 p = skip_spaces (p);
9461
9462 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9463
9464 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9465 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9466
9467 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9468 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9469 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9470
9471 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9472 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9473
9474 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9475 {
9476 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9477
9478 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9479
9480 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9481
9482 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9483 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9484
9485 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9486 }
9487
9488 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9489
9490 *arg_p = endp;
9491 return sals;
9492 }
9493
9494 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9495 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9496 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9497 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9498 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9499 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9500 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9501 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9502 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9503 was created; false otherwise. */
9504
9505 int
9506 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9507 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9508 int thread, char *extra_string,
9509 int parse_arg,
9510 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9511 int ignore_count,
9512 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9513 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9514 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9515 unsigned flags)
9516 {
9517 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9518 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9519 char *addr_start = arg;
9520 struct linespec_result canonical;
9521 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9522 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9523 int pending = 0;
9524 int task = 0;
9525 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9526
9527 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9528
9529 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9530
9531 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9532 {
9533 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9534 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9535 }
9536
9537 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9538 switch (e.reason)
9539 {
9540 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9541 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9542 return 0;
9543 break;
9544 case RETURN_ERROR:
9545 switch (e.error)
9546 {
9547 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9548
9549 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9550 error. */
9551
9552 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9553 throw_exception (e);
9554
9555 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9556
9557 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9558 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9559 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9560 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9561 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9562 return 0;
9563
9564 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9565 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9566 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9567 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9568 {
9569 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9570
9571 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9572 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9573 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9574 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9575 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9576 pending = 1;
9577 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9578 }
9579 break;
9580 default:
9581 throw_exception (e);
9582 }
9583 break;
9584 default:
9585 throw_exception (e);
9586 }
9587
9588 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9589 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9590
9591 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9592 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9593 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9594 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9595 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9596
9597 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9598 are ok for the target. */
9599 if (!pending)
9600 {
9601 int ix;
9602 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9603
9604 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9605 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9606 }
9607
9608 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9609 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9610 {
9611 int ix;
9612 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9613
9614 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9615 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9616 }
9617
9618 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9619 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9620 breakpoint. */
9621 if (!pending)
9622 {
9623 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9624
9625 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9626
9627 if (parse_arg)
9628 {
9629 char *rest;
9630 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9631 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9632 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9633 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9634
9635 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9636 &thread, &task, &rest);
9637 if (cond_string)
9638 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9639 if (rest)
9640 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9641 if (rest)
9642 extra_string = rest;
9643 }
9644 else
9645 {
9646 if (*arg != '\0')
9647 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9648
9649 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9650 if (cond_string)
9651 {
9652 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9653 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9654 }
9655 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9656 if (extra_string)
9657 {
9658 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9659 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9660 }
9661 }
9662
9663 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9664 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9665 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9666 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9667 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9668 }
9669 else
9670 {
9671 struct breakpoint *b;
9672
9673 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9674
9675 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9676 {
9677 struct tracepoint *t;
9678
9679 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9680 b = &t->base;
9681 }
9682 else
9683 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9684
9685 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9686
9687 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9688 if (parse_arg)
9689 b->cond_string = NULL;
9690 else
9691 {
9692 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9693 if (cond_string)
9694 {
9695 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9696 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9697 }
9698 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9699 }
9700 b->extra_string = NULL;
9701 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9702 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9703 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9704 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9705 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9706 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9707 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9708
9709 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9710 }
9711
9712 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9713 {
9714 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9715 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9716 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9717 }
9718
9719 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9720 breakpoint. */
9721 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9722 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9723 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9724
9725 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9726 update_global_location_list (1);
9727
9728 return 1;
9729 }
9730
9731 /* Set a breakpoint.
9732 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9733 condition, and thread.
9734 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9735 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9736 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9737
9738 static void
9739 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9740 {
9741 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9742 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9743 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9744 : bp_breakpoint);
9745 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9746 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9747
9748 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9749 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9750 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9751 else
9752 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9753
9754 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9755 arg,
9756 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9757 tempflag, type_wanted,
9758 0 /* Ignore count */,
9759 pending_break_support,
9760 ops,
9761 from_tty,
9762 1 /* enabled */,
9763 0 /* internal */,
9764 0);
9765 }
9766
9767 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9768
9769 void
9770 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9771 {
9772 CORE_ADDR pc;
9773
9774 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9775 {
9776 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9777 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9778 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9779 sal->pc = pc;
9780
9781 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9782 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9783 if (sal->explicit_line)
9784 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9785 }
9786
9787 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9788 {
9789 struct blockvector *bv;
9790 struct block *b;
9791 struct symbol *sym;
9792
9793 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9794 if (bv != NULL)
9795 {
9796 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9797 if (sym != NULL)
9798 {
9799 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9800 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
9801 }
9802 else
9803 {
9804 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9805 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9806 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9807 happen in assembly source). */
9808
9809 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
9810 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9811
9812 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9813
9814 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9815 if (msym.minsym)
9816 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9817
9818 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9819 }
9820 }
9821 }
9822 }
9823
9824 void
9825 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9826 {
9827 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9828 }
9829
9830 void
9831 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9832 {
9833 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9834 }
9835
9836 static void
9837 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9838 {
9839 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9840 }
9841
9842 static void
9843 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9844 {
9845 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9846 }
9847
9848 static void
9849 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9850 {
9851 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9852 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9853 stop at <line>\n"));
9854 }
9855
9856 static void
9857 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9858 {
9859 int badInput = 0;
9860
9861 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9862 badInput = 1;
9863 else if (*arg != '*')
9864 {
9865 char *argptr = arg;
9866 int hasColon = 0;
9867
9868 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9869 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9870 function/method name. */
9871 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9872 {
9873 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9874 argptr++;
9875 }
9876
9877 if (hasColon)
9878 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9879 else
9880 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9881 }
9882
9883 if (badInput)
9884 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9885 else
9886 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9887 }
9888
9889 static void
9890 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9891 {
9892 int badInput = 0;
9893
9894 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9895 badInput = 1;
9896 else
9897 {
9898 char *argptr = arg;
9899 int hasColon = 0;
9900
9901 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9902 it is probably a line number. */
9903 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9904 {
9905 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9906 argptr++;
9907 }
9908
9909 if (hasColon)
9910 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9911 else
9912 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9913 }
9914
9915 if (badInput)
9916 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9917 else
9918 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9919 }
9920
9921 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9922 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9923 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9924 line. */
9925
9926 static void
9927 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9928 {
9929 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9930 arg,
9931 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9932 0, bp_dprintf,
9933 0 /* Ignore count */,
9934 pending_break_support,
9935 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9936 from_tty,
9937 1 /* enabled */,
9938 0 /* internal */,
9939 0);
9940 }
9941
9942 static void
9943 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9944 {
9945 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9946 }
9947
9948 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9949 ranged breakpoints. */
9950
9951 static int
9952 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9953 struct address_space *aspace,
9954 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9955 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9956 {
9957 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9958 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9959 return 0;
9960
9961 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9962 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9963 }
9964
9965 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9966 ranged breakpoints. */
9967
9968 static int
9969 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9970 {
9971 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9972 }
9973
9974 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9975 ranged breakpoints. */
9976
9977 static enum print_stop_action
9978 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9979 {
9980 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9981 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9982 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9983
9984 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9985
9986 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9987 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9988
9989 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9990 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9991 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9992 else
9993 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9994 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9995 {
9996 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9997 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9998 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9999 }
10000 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10001 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10002
10003 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10004 }
10005
10006 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10007 ranged breakpoints. */
10008
10009 static void
10010 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10011 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10012 {
10013 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10014 struct value_print_options opts;
10015 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10016
10017 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10018 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10019
10020 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10021
10022 if (opts.addressprint)
10023 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10024 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10025 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10026 annotate_field (5);
10027 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10028 *last_loc = bl;
10029 }
10030
10031 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10032 ranged breakpoints. */
10033
10034 static void
10035 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10036 struct ui_out *uiout)
10037 {
10038 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10039 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10040 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10041 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10042
10043 gdb_assert (bl);
10044
10045 address_start = bl->address;
10046 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10047
10048 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10049 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10050 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10051 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10052 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10053 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10054
10055 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10056 }
10057
10058 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10059 ranged breakpoints. */
10060
10061 static void
10062 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10063 {
10064 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10065 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10066
10067 gdb_assert (bl);
10068 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10069
10070 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10071 return;
10072
10073 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10074 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10075 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10076 }
10077
10078 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10079 ranged breakpoints. */
10080
10081 static void
10082 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10083 {
10084 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10085 b->addr_string_range_end);
10086 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10087 }
10088
10089 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10090
10091 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10092
10093 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10094 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10095 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10096 last instruction of the given line. */
10097
10098 static CORE_ADDR
10099 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10100 {
10101 CORE_ADDR end;
10102
10103 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10104 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10105 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10106 end = sal.pc;
10107 else
10108 {
10109 int ret;
10110 CORE_ADDR start;
10111
10112 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10113 if (!ret)
10114 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10115
10116 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10117 end--;
10118 }
10119
10120 return end;
10121 }
10122
10123 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10124
10125 static void
10126 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10127 {
10128 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10129 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10130 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10131 CORE_ADDR end;
10132 struct breakpoint *b;
10133 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10134 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10135 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10136
10137 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10138 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10139 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10140
10141 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10142 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10143 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10144 bp_count, 0);
10145 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10146 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10147
10148 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10149 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10150 error(_("No address range specified."));
10151
10152 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10153
10154 arg_start = arg;
10155 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10156
10157 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10158
10159 if (arg[0] != ',')
10160 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10161 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10162 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10163
10164 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10165
10166 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10167 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10168 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10169
10170 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10171 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10172 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10173
10174 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10175 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10176
10177 /* Parse the end location. */
10178
10179 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10180 arg_start = arg;
10181
10182 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10183 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10184 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10185 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10186 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10187 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10188 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10189 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10190
10191 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10192
10193 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10194 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10195
10196 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10197 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10198 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10199 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10200
10201 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10202 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10203 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10204
10205 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10206 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10207 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10208
10209 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10210 if (length < 0)
10211 /* Length overflowed. */
10212 error (_("Address range too large."));
10213 else if (length == 1)
10214 {
10215 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10216 the `hbreak' command. */
10217 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10218
10219 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10220
10221 return;
10222 }
10223
10224 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10225 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10226 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10227 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10228 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10229 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10230 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10231 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10232 b->loc->length = length;
10233
10234 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10235
10236 mention (b);
10237 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10238 update_global_location_list (1);
10239 }
10240
10241 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10242 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10243 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10244 zero. */
10245
10246 static int
10247 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10248 {
10249 int i = exp->nelts;
10250
10251 while (i > 0)
10252 {
10253 int oplenp, argsp;
10254
10255 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10256 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10257 i -= oplenp;
10258
10259 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10260 {
10261 case BINOP_ADD:
10262 case BINOP_SUB:
10263 case BINOP_MUL:
10264 case BINOP_DIV:
10265 case BINOP_REM:
10266 case BINOP_MOD:
10267 case BINOP_LSH:
10268 case BINOP_RSH:
10269 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10270 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10271 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10272 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10273 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10274 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10275 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10276 case BINOP_LESS:
10277 case BINOP_GTR:
10278 case BINOP_LEQ:
10279 case BINOP_GEQ:
10280 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10281 case BINOP_COMMA:
10282 case BINOP_EXP:
10283 case BINOP_MIN:
10284 case BINOP_MAX:
10285 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10286 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10287 case BINOP_IN:
10288 case BINOP_RANGE:
10289 case TERNOP_COND:
10290 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10291
10292 case OP_LONG:
10293 case OP_DOUBLE:
10294 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10295 case OP_LAST:
10296 case OP_COMPLEX:
10297 case OP_STRING:
10298 case OP_ARRAY:
10299 case OP_TYPE:
10300 case OP_TYPEOF:
10301 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10302 case OP_TYPEID:
10303 case OP_NAME:
10304 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10305
10306 case UNOP_NEG:
10307 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10308 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10309 case UNOP_ADDR:
10310 case UNOP_HIGH:
10311 case UNOP_CAST:
10312
10313 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10314 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10315 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10316 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10317 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10318 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10319 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10320
10321 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10322 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10323 ADDR is. */
10324 break;
10325
10326 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10327 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10328
10329 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10330 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10331 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10332 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10333
10334 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10335 are always constant. */
10336 {
10337 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10338
10339 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10340 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10341 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10342 return 0;
10343 break;
10344 }
10345
10346 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10347 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10348 then it is not a constant. */
10349 default:
10350 return 0;
10351 }
10352 }
10353
10354 return 1;
10355 }
10356
10357 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10358
10359 static void
10360 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10361 {
10362 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10363
10364 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10365 xfree (w->exp);
10366 xfree (w->exp_string);
10367 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10368 value_free (w->val);
10369
10370 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10371 }
10372
10373 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10374
10375 static void
10376 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10377 {
10378 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10379
10380 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10381 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10382
10383 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10384 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10385 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10386 are loaded and unloaded.
10387
10388 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10389 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10390 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10391 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10392 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10393 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10394
10395 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10396 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10397 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10398 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10399
10400 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10401 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10402
10403 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10404 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10405 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10406 }
10407
10408 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10409
10410 static int
10411 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10412 {
10413 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10414 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10415
10416 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10417 w->cond_exp);
10418 }
10419
10420 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10421
10422 static int
10423 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10424 {
10425 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10426 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10427
10428 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10429 w->cond_exp);
10430 }
10431
10432 static int
10433 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10434 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10435 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10436 {
10437 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10438 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10439
10440 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10441 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10442 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10443 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10444 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10445 (did not match the data address). */
10446 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10447 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10448 return 0;
10449
10450 return 1;
10451 }
10452
10453 static void
10454 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10455 {
10456 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10457
10458 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10459 }
10460
10461 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10462 hardware watchpoints. */
10463
10464 static int
10465 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10466 {
10467 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10468 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10469
10470 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10471 }
10472
10473 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10474 hardware watchpoints. */
10475
10476 static int
10477 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10478 {
10479 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10480 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10481 }
10482
10483 static enum print_stop_action
10484 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10485 {
10486 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10487 struct breakpoint *b;
10488 struct ui_file *stb;
10489 enum print_stop_action result;
10490 struct watchpoint *w;
10491 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10492
10493 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10494
10495 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10496 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10497
10498 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10499 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10500
10501 switch (b->type)
10502 {
10503 case bp_watchpoint:
10504 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10505 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10506 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10507 ui_out_field_string
10508 (uiout, "reason",
10509 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10510 mention (b);
10511 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10512 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10513 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10514 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10515 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10516 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10517 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10518 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10519 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10520 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10521 break;
10522
10523 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10524 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10525 ui_out_field_string
10526 (uiout, "reason",
10527 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10528 mention (b);
10529 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10530 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10531 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10532 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10533 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10534 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10535 break;
10536
10537 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10538 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10539 {
10540 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10541 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10542 ui_out_field_string
10543 (uiout, "reason",
10544 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10545 mention (b);
10546 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10547 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10548 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10549 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10550 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10551 }
10552 else
10553 {
10554 mention (b);
10555 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10556 ui_out_field_string
10557 (uiout, "reason",
10558 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10559 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10560 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10561 }
10562 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10563 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10564 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10565 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10566 break;
10567 default:
10568 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10569 }
10570
10571 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10572 return result;
10573 }
10574
10575 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10576 watchpoints. */
10577
10578 static void
10579 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10580 {
10581 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10582 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10583 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10584
10585 switch (b->type)
10586 {
10587 case bp_watchpoint:
10588 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10589 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10590 break;
10591 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10592 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10593 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10594 break;
10595 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10596 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10597 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10598 break;
10599 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10600 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10601 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10602 break;
10603 default:
10604 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10605 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10606 }
10607
10608 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10609 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10610 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10611 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10612 }
10613
10614 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10615 watchpoints. */
10616
10617 static void
10618 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10619 {
10620 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10621
10622 switch (b->type)
10623 {
10624 case bp_watchpoint:
10625 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10626 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10627 break;
10628 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10629 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10630 break;
10631 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10632 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10633 break;
10634 default:
10635 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10636 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10637 }
10638
10639 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10640 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10641 }
10642
10643 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10644 watchpoints. */
10645
10646 static enum bpstat_signal_value
10647 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10648 {
10649 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10650 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10651 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10652 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
10653
10654 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
10655 }
10656
10657 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10658
10659 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10660
10661 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10662 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10663
10664 static int
10665 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10666 {
10667 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10668
10669 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10670 bl->watchpoint_type);
10671 }
10672
10673 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10674 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10675
10676 static int
10677 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10678 {
10679 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10680
10681 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10682 bl->watchpoint_type);
10683 }
10684
10685 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10686 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10687
10688 static int
10689 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10690 {
10691 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10692
10693 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10694 }
10695
10696 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10697 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10698
10699 static int
10700 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10701 {
10702 return 0;
10703 }
10704
10705 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10706 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10707
10708 static enum print_stop_action
10709 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10710 {
10711 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10712 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10713
10714 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10715 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10716
10717 switch (b->type)
10718 {
10719 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10720 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10721 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10722 ui_out_field_string
10723 (uiout, "reason",
10724 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10725 break;
10726
10727 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10728 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10729 ui_out_field_string
10730 (uiout, "reason",
10731 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10732 break;
10733
10734 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10735 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10736 ui_out_field_string
10737 (uiout, "reason",
10738 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10739 break;
10740 default:
10741 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10742 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10743 }
10744
10745 mention (b);
10746 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10747 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10748 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10749 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10750
10751 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10752 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10753 }
10754
10755 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10756 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10757
10758 static void
10759 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10760 struct ui_out *uiout)
10761 {
10762 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10763
10764 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10765 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10766
10767 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10768 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10769 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10770 }
10771
10772 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10773 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10774
10775 static void
10776 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10777 {
10778 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10779 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10780 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10781
10782 switch (b->type)
10783 {
10784 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10785 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10786 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10787 break;
10788 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10789 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10790 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10791 break;
10792 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10793 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10794 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10795 break;
10796 default:
10797 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10798 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10799 }
10800
10801 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10802 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10803 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10804 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10805 }
10806
10807 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10808 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10809
10810 static void
10811 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10812 {
10813 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10814 char tmp[40];
10815
10816 switch (b->type)
10817 {
10818 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10820 break;
10821 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10822 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10823 break;
10824 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10825 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10826 break;
10827 default:
10828 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10829 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10830 }
10831
10832 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10833 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10834 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10835 }
10836
10837 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10838
10839 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10840
10841 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10842
10843 static int
10844 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10845 {
10846 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10847 }
10848
10849 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10850 hw_read: watch read,
10851 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10852 static void
10853 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10854 int just_location, int internal)
10855 {
10856 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10857 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10858 struct expression *exp;
10859 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10860 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10861 struct frame_info *frame;
10862 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10863 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10864 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10865 int toklen = -1;
10866 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10867 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10868 enum bptype bp_type;
10869 int thread = -1;
10870 int pc = 0;
10871 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10872 the hardware watchpoint. */
10873 int use_mask = 0;
10874 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10875 struct watchpoint *w;
10876 char *expression;
10877 struct cleanup *back_to;
10878
10879 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10880 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10881 {
10882 const char *value_start;
10883
10884 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10885
10886 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10887 of the arguments string. */
10888 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10889 {
10890 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10891 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10892 tok--;
10893
10894 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10895 This is the value of the parameter. */
10896 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10897 tok--;
10898 value_start = tok + 1;
10899
10900 /* Skip whitespace. */
10901 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10902 tok--;
10903
10904 end_tok = tok;
10905
10906 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10907 This is the parameter itself. */
10908 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10909 tok--;
10910 tok++;
10911 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10912
10913 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10914 {
10915 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10916 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10917 only in a specific thread. */
10918 char *endp;
10919
10920 if (thread != -1)
10921 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10922
10923 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10924 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10925
10926 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10927 thread ID. */
10928 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10929 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10930
10931 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10932 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10933 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10934 }
10935 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10936 {
10937 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10938 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10939 facility. */
10940 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10941
10942 if (use_mask)
10943 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10944
10945 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10946
10947 mark = value_mark ();
10948 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10949 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10950 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10951 }
10952 else
10953 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10954 break;
10955
10956 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10957 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10958 exp_end = tok;
10959 }
10960 }
10961 else
10962 exp_end = arg;
10963
10964 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10965 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10966 ARG. */
10967 innermost_block = NULL;
10968 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
10969 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
10970 exp_start = arg = expression;
10971 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10972 exp_end = arg;
10973 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10974 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10975 prettier. */
10976 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10977 --exp_end;
10978
10979 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10980 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10981 {
10982 int len;
10983
10984 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10985 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10986 len--;
10987 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10988 }
10989
10990 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10991 mark = value_mark ();
10992 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10993
10994 if (just_location)
10995 {
10996 int ret;
10997
10998 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10999 val = value_addr (result);
11000 release_value (val);
11001 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11002
11003 if (use_mask)
11004 {
11005 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11006 mask);
11007 if (ret == -1)
11008 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11009 else if (ret == -2)
11010 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11011 }
11012 }
11013 else if (val != NULL)
11014 release_value (val);
11015
11016 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11017 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11018
11019 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11020 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11021 {
11022 struct expression *cond;
11023
11024 innermost_block = NULL;
11025 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11026 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11027
11028 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11029 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11030 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11031
11032 xfree (cond);
11033 cond_end = tok;
11034 }
11035 if (*tok)
11036 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11037
11038 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11039 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11040 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11041 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11042 else
11043 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11044
11045 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11046
11047 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11048 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11049 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11050 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11051 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11052 {
11053 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11054 {
11055 scope_breakpoint
11056 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11057 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11058 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11059 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11060
11061 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11062
11063 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11064 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11065
11066 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11067 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11068
11069 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11070 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11071 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11072 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11073 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11074 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11075 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11076 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11077 scope_breakpoint->type);
11078 }
11079 }
11080
11081 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11082
11083 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11084 b = &w->base;
11085 if (use_mask)
11086 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11087 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11088 else
11089 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11090 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11091 b->thread = thread;
11092 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11093 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11094 w->exp = exp;
11095 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11096 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11097 if (just_location)
11098 {
11099 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11100 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11101 char *name;
11102
11103 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11104 name = type_to_string (t);
11105
11106 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11107 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11108 xfree (name);
11109
11110 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11111 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11112
11113 /* The above expression is in C. */
11114 b->language = language_c;
11115 }
11116 else
11117 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11118
11119 if (use_mask)
11120 {
11121 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11122 }
11123 else
11124 {
11125 w->val = val;
11126 w->val_valid = 1;
11127 }
11128
11129 if (cond_start)
11130 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11131 else
11132 b->cond_string = 0;
11133
11134 if (frame)
11135 {
11136 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11137 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11138 }
11139 else
11140 {
11141 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11142 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11143 }
11144
11145 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11146 {
11147 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11148 need to act on them together. */
11149 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11150 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11151 }
11152
11153 if (!just_location)
11154 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11155
11156 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11157 {
11158 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11159 that should be inserted. */
11160 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11161 }
11162 if (e.reason < 0)
11163 {
11164 delete_breakpoint (b);
11165 throw_exception (e);
11166 }
11167
11168 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11169 do_cleanups (back_to);
11170 }
11171
11172 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11173 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11174
11175 static int
11176 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11177 {
11178 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11179 struct value *head = v;
11180
11181 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11182 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11183 return 0;
11184
11185 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11186 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11187 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11188 hardware watchpoint.
11189
11190 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11191 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11192 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11193 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11194 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11195 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11196 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11197 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11198 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11199
11200 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11201 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11202 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11203 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11204 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11205 {
11206 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11207 {
11208 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11209 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11210 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11211 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11212 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11213 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11214 ;
11215 else
11216 {
11217 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11218 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11219 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11220
11221 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11222 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11223 middle of some value chain. */
11224 if (v == head
11225 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11226 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11227 {
11228 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11229 int len;
11230 int num_regs;
11231
11232 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11233 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11234 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11235
11236 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11237 if (!num_regs)
11238 return 0;
11239 else
11240 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11241 }
11242 }
11243 }
11244 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11245 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11246 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11247 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11248 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11249 }
11250
11251 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11252 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11253 return found_memory_cnt;
11254 }
11255
11256 void
11257 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11258 {
11259 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11260 }
11261
11262 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11263 calls watch_command_1. */
11264
11265 static void
11266 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11267 {
11268 int just_location = 0;
11269
11270 if (arg
11271 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11272 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11273 {
11274 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11275 just_location = 1;
11276 }
11277
11278 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11279 }
11280
11281 static void
11282 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11283 {
11284 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11285 }
11286
11287 void
11288 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11289 {
11290 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11291 }
11292
11293 static void
11294 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11295 {
11296 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11297 }
11298
11299 void
11300 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11301 {
11302 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11303 }
11304
11305 static void
11306 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11307 {
11308 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11309 }
11310 \f
11311
11312 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11313 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11314
11315 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11316 {
11317 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11318 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11319 int thread_num;
11320 };
11321
11322 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11323 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11324 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11325 command. */
11326 static void
11327 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11328 {
11329 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11330
11331 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11332 if (a->breakpoint2)
11333 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11334 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11335 }
11336
11337 void
11338 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11339 {
11340 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11341 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11342 struct frame_info *frame;
11343 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11344 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11345 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11346 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11347 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11348 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11349 int thread;
11350 struct thread_info *tp;
11351
11352 clear_proceed_status ();
11353
11354 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11355 this function. */
11356
11357 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11358 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11359 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11360 get_last_displayed_line ());
11361 else
11362 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11363 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11364
11365 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11366 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11367
11368 sal = sals.sals[0];
11369 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11370
11371 if (*arg)
11372 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11373
11374 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11375
11376 tp = inferior_thread ();
11377 thread = tp->num;
11378
11379 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11380
11381 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11382 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11383 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11384 that. */
11385
11386 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11387 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11388 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11389 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11390
11391 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11392 one. */
11393
11394 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11395 {
11396 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11397
11398 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11399 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11400 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11401 sal2,
11402 caller_frame_id,
11403 bp_until);
11404 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11405
11406 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11407 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11408 }
11409
11410 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11411 frame = NULL;
11412
11413 if (anywhere)
11414 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11415 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11416 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11417 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11418 else
11419 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11420 only at the very same frame. */
11421 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11422 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11423 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11424
11425 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11426
11427 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11428 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11429 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11430 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11431
11432 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11433 {
11434 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11435 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11436
11437 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11438 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11439 args->thread_num = thread;
11440
11441 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11442 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11443 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11444 xfree);
11445 }
11446 else
11447 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11448 }
11449
11450 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11451 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11452
11453 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11454 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11455 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11456 if clause in the arg string. */
11457
11458 char *
11459 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11460 {
11461 char *cond_string;
11462
11463 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11464 return NULL;
11465
11466 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11467 (*arg) += 2;
11468
11469 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11470 condition string. */
11471 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11472 cond_string = *arg;
11473
11474 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11475 string. */
11476 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11477
11478 return cond_string;
11479 }
11480
11481 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11482 process start/exit, etc. */
11483
11484 typedef enum
11485 {
11486 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11487 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11488 }
11489 catch_fork_kind;
11490
11491 static void
11492 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11493 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11494 {
11495 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11496 char *cond_string = NULL;
11497 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11498 int tempflag;
11499
11500 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11501 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11502 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11503
11504 if (!arg)
11505 arg = "";
11506 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11507
11508 /* The allowed syntax is:
11509 catch [v]fork
11510 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11511
11512 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11513 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11514
11515 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11516 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11517
11518 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11519 and enable reporting of such events. */
11520 switch (fork_kind)
11521 {
11522 case catch_fork_temporary:
11523 case catch_fork_permanent:
11524 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11525 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11526 break;
11527 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11528 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11529 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11530 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11531 break;
11532 default:
11533 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11534 break;
11535 }
11536 }
11537
11538 static void
11539 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11540 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11541 {
11542 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11543 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11544 int tempflag;
11545 char *cond_string = NULL;
11546
11547 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11548
11549 if (!arg)
11550 arg = "";
11551 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11552
11553 /* The allowed syntax is:
11554 catch exec
11555 catch exec if <cond>
11556
11557 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11558 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11559
11560 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11561 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11562
11563 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11564 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11565 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11566 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11567
11568 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11569 }
11570
11571 void
11572 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11573 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11574 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11575 char *addr_string,
11576 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11577 int tempflag,
11578 int from_tty)
11579 {
11580 if (from_tty)
11581 {
11582 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11583 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11584 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11585
11586 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11587 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11588 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11589 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11590 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11591 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11592 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11593 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11594 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11595 enough for now, though. */
11596 }
11597
11598 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11599
11600 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11601 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11602 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11603 b->language = language_ada;
11604 }
11605
11606 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11607 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11608 static VEC(int) *
11609 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11610 {
11611 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11612 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11613
11614 while (*arg != '\0')
11615 {
11616 int i, syscall_number;
11617 char *endptr;
11618 char cur_name[128];
11619 struct syscall s;
11620
11621 /* Skip whitespace. */
11622 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11623
11624 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11625 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11626 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11627 arg += i;
11628
11629 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11630 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11631 if (*endptr == '\0')
11632 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11633 else
11634 {
11635 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11636 to a number. */
11637 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11638
11639 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11640 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11641 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11642 syscall number to be caught. */
11643 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11644 }
11645
11646 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11647 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11648 }
11649
11650 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11651 return result;
11652 }
11653
11654 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11655
11656 static void
11657 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11658 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11659 {
11660 int tempflag;
11661 VEC(int) *filter;
11662 struct syscall s;
11663 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11664
11665 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11666 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11667 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11668 this architecture yet."));
11669
11670 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11671
11672 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11673
11674 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11675 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11676 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11677 for his/her architecture. */
11678 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11679
11680 /* The allowed syntax is:
11681 catch syscall
11682 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11683
11684 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11685
11686 if (arg != NULL)
11687 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11688 else
11689 filter = NULL;
11690
11691 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11692 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11693 }
11694
11695 static void
11696 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11697 {
11698 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11699 }
11700 \f
11701
11702 static void
11703 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11704 {
11705 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11706 }
11707
11708 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11709
11710 static int
11711 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11712 {
11713 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11714 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11715 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11716 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11717
11718 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11719 return -1;
11720 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11721 return 1;
11722
11723 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11724 the number 0. */
11725 if (ua < ub)
11726 return -1;
11727 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11728 }
11729
11730 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11731
11732 static void
11733 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11734 {
11735 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11736 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11737 int ix;
11738 int default_match;
11739 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11740 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11741 int i;
11742 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11743
11744 if (arg)
11745 {
11746 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11747 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11748 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11749 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11750 default_match = 0;
11751 }
11752 else
11753 {
11754 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11755 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11756 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11757 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11758
11759 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11760 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11761 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11762 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11763 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11764 error (_("No source file specified."));
11765
11766 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11767 sals.nelts = 1;
11768
11769 default_match = 1;
11770 }
11771
11772 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11773 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11774 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11775 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11776
11777 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11778 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11779 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11780 due to optimization, all in one block.
11781
11782 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11783 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11784 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11785 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11786 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11787 to support that. */
11788
11789 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11790 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11791 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11792 breakpoint. */
11793
11794 found = NULL;
11795 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11796 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11797 {
11798 const char *sal_fullname;
11799
11800 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11801 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11802 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11803 or at default pc.
11804
11805 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11806
11807 0 1 pc
11808 1 1 pc _and_ line
11809 0 0 line
11810 1 0 <can't happen> */
11811
11812 sal = sals.sals[i];
11813 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11814 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11815
11816 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11817 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11818 {
11819 int match = 0;
11820 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11821 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11822 {
11823 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11824 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11825 {
11826 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11827 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11828 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11829 && sal.pc
11830 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11831 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11832 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11833 || loc->section == sal.section));
11834 int line_match = 0;
11835
11836 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11837 && loc->symtab != NULL
11838 && sal_fullname != NULL
11839 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11840 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11841 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11842 sal_fullname) == 0)
11843 line_match = 1;
11844
11845 if (pc_match || line_match)
11846 {
11847 match = 1;
11848 break;
11849 }
11850 }
11851 }
11852
11853 if (match)
11854 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11855 }
11856 }
11857
11858 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11859 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11860 {
11861 if (arg)
11862 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11863 else
11864 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11865 }
11866
11867 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11868 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11869 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11870 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11871 compare_breakpoints);
11872 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11873 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11874 {
11875 if (b == prev)
11876 {
11877 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11878 --ix;
11879 }
11880 }
11881
11882 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11883 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11884 if (from_tty)
11885 {
11886 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11887 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11888 else
11889 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11890 }
11891
11892 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11893 {
11894 if (from_tty)
11895 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11896 delete_breakpoint (b);
11897 }
11898 if (from_tty)
11899 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11900
11901 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11902 }
11903 \f
11904 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11905 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11906 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11907
11908 void
11909 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11910 {
11911 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11912
11913 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11914 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11915 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11916 && bs->stop)
11917 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11918
11919 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11920 {
11921 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11922 delete_breakpoint (b);
11923 }
11924 }
11925
11926 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11927 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11928 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11929 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11930 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11931 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11932
11933 static int
11934 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11935 {
11936 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11937 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11938 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11939 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11940 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11941
11942 if (a->address != b->address)
11943 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11944
11945 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11946 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11947 grouped. */
11948
11949 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11950 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11951 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11952
11953 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11954 if (a_perm != b_perm)
11955 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
11956
11957 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11958 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11959 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11960
11961 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11962 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11963 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11964
11965 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11966 }
11967
11968 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11969 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11970 content of the bp_location array. */
11971
11972 static void
11973 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11974 {
11975 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11976
11977 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11978 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11979
11980 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11981 {
11982 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11983
11984 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11985 continue;
11986
11987 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11988 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11989
11990 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11991 addr = bl->address - start;
11992 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
11993 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11994
11995 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11996
11997 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11998 addr = end - bl->address;
11999 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12000 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12001 }
12002 }
12003
12004 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12005
12006 static void
12007 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12008 {
12009 struct breakpoint *b;
12010 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12011
12012 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12013 return;
12014
12015 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12016
12017 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12018 {
12019 struct bp_location *bl;
12020 struct tracepoint *t;
12021 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12022
12023 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12024 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12025 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12026 continue;
12027
12028 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12029 {
12030 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12031 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12032 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12033 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12034 continue;
12035
12036 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12037
12038 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12039
12040 bl->inserted = 1;
12041 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12042 }
12043 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12044 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12045 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12046 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12047 }
12048
12049 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12050 }
12051
12052 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12053
12054 static void
12055 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12056 {
12057 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12058 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12059 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12060 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12061
12062 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12063 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12064 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12065 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12066 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12067
12068 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12069 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12070 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12071 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12072 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12073 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12074 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12075 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12076 }
12077
12078 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12079 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12080 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12081 the target. */
12082
12083 static void
12084 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12085 {
12086 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12087 struct bp_location *loc;
12088 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12089 int pspace_num;
12090
12091 address = bl->address;
12092 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12093
12094 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12095 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12096 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12097 side. */
12098 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12099 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12100 return;
12101
12102 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12103 the same program space as the location
12104 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12105 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12106 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12107 {
12108 loc = *loc2p;
12109
12110 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12111 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12112 continue;
12113
12114 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12115 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12116 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12117 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12118 that have already been marked. */
12119 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12120
12121 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12122 it later on. */
12123 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12124 {
12125 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12126 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12127 }
12128 }
12129 }
12130
12131 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12132 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12133 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12134 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12135 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12136 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12137 returns true on them.
12138
12139 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12140 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12141 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12142 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12143 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12144 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12145
12146 static void
12147 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12148 {
12149 struct breakpoint *b;
12150 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12151 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12152 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12153 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12154 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12155 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12156
12157 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12158 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12159 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12160 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12161 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12162 once. */
12163 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12164 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12165 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12166 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12167
12168 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12169 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12170 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12171 unsigned old_location_count;
12172
12173 old_location = bp_location;
12174 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12175 bp_location = NULL;
12176 bp_location_count = 0;
12177 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12178
12179 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12180 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12181 bp_location_count++;
12182
12183 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12184 locp = bp_location;
12185 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12186 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12187 *locp++ = loc;
12188 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12189 bp_location_compare);
12190
12191 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12192
12193 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12194 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12195 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12196 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12197 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12198 location.
12199
12200 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12201 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12202
12203 locp = bp_location;
12204 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12205 old_locp++)
12206 {
12207 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12208 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12209
12210 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12211 not, we have to free it. */
12212 int found_object = 0;
12213 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12214 int keep_in_target = 0;
12215 int removed = 0;
12216
12217 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12218 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12219 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12220 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12221 locp++;
12222
12223 for (loc2p = locp;
12224 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12225 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12226 loc2p++)
12227 {
12228 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12229 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12230 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12231 place there. */
12232 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12233 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12234 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12235 {
12236 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12237 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12238 }
12239
12240 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12241 found_object = 1;
12242 }
12243
12244 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12245 have to go through updates again. */
12246 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12247
12248 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12249 if (!found_object)
12250 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12251
12252 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12253 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12254 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12255 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12256 at certain location is not inserted. */
12257
12258 if (old_loc->inserted)
12259 {
12260 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12261 it. */
12262
12263 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12264 {
12265 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12266 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12267 keep_in_target = 1;
12268 }
12269 else
12270 {
12271 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12272 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12273 remove its target-side condition. */
12274
12275 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12276 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12277 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12278 this one from the target. */
12279
12280 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12281 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12282 {
12283 for (loc2p = locp;
12284 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12285 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12286 loc2p++)
12287 {
12288 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12289
12290 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12291 {
12292 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12293 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12294 supported, but the latter are. */
12295 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12296 {
12297 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12298 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12299 }
12300
12301 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12302 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12303 unduplicated. */
12304 if (loc2 != old_loc
12305 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12306 {
12307 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12308 keep_in_target = 1;
12309 break;
12310 }
12311 }
12312 }
12313 }
12314 }
12315
12316 if (!keep_in_target)
12317 {
12318 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12319 {
12320 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12321 this location on the global list, and try to
12322 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12323 reason why we will succeed next time.
12324
12325 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12326 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12327 only after calling us. */
12328 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12329 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12330 old_loc->owner->number);
12331 }
12332 removed = 1;
12333 }
12334 }
12335
12336 if (!found_object)
12337 {
12338 if (removed && non_stop
12339 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12340 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12341 {
12342 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12343 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12344 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12345 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12346 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12347 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12348 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12349 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12350 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12351 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12352 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12353 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12354 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12355 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12356 SIGTRAP.
12357
12358 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12359 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12360
12361 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12362 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12363 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12364 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12365 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12366 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12367 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12368 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12369 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12370 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12371 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12372 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12373 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12374 thread_count.
12375
12376 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12377 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12378 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12379 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12380
12381 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12382 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12383 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12384 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12385 traps we can no longer explain. */
12386
12387 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12388 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12389
12390 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12391 }
12392 else
12393 {
12394 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12395 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12396 }
12397 }
12398 }
12399
12400 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12401 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12402 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12403 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12404 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12405 are sorted first for the same address.
12406
12407 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12408 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12409
12410 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12411 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12412 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12413 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12414 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12415 {
12416 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12417 non-NULL. */
12418 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12419 b = loc->owner;
12420
12421 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12422 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12423 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12424 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12425 `struct bp_location'. */
12426 || is_tracepoint (b))
12427 {
12428 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12429 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12430 continue;
12431 }
12432
12433 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12434 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12435 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12436 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12437 "actually inserted"));
12438
12439 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12440 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12441 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12442 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12443 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12444 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12445 else
12446 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12447
12448 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12449 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12450 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12451 {
12452 *loc_first_p = loc;
12453 loc->duplicate = 0;
12454
12455 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12456 {
12457 loc->needs_update = 1;
12458 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12459 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12460 }
12461 continue;
12462 }
12463
12464
12465 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12466 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12467 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12468 if (loc->inserted)
12469 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12470 loc->duplicate = 1;
12471
12472 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12473 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12474
12475 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12476 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12477 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12478 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12479 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12480 }
12481
12482 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12483 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12484 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12485 {
12486 if (should_insert)
12487 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12488 else
12489 {
12490 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12491 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12492 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12493 "needs_update". */
12494 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12495 }
12496 }
12497
12498 if (should_insert)
12499 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12500
12501 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12502 }
12503
12504 void
12505 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12506 {
12507 struct bp_location *loc;
12508 int ix;
12509
12510 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12511 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12512 {
12513 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12514 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12515 --ix;
12516 }
12517 }
12518
12519 static void
12520 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12521 {
12522 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12523
12524 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12525 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12526 }
12527
12528 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12529
12530 static void
12531 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12532 {
12533 bpstat bs;
12534
12535 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12536 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12537 {
12538 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12539 bs->old_val = NULL;
12540 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12541 }
12542 }
12543
12544 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12545 static int
12546 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12547 {
12548 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12549
12550 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12551 return 0;
12552 }
12553
12554 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12555 callbacks. */
12556
12557 static void
12558 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12559 {
12560 struct value_print_options opts;
12561
12562 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12563
12564 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12565 single string. */
12566 if (b->loc == NULL)
12567 {
12568 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12569 }
12570 else
12571 {
12572 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12573 {
12574 printf_filtered (" at ");
12575 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12576 gdb_stdout);
12577 }
12578 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12579 {
12580 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12581 more nicely. */
12582 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12583 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12584 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12585 b->loc->line_number);
12586 else
12587 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12588 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12589 real situation somewhat. */
12590 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12591 }
12592
12593 if (b->loc->next)
12594 {
12595 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12596 int n = 0;
12597 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12598 ++n;
12599 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12600 }
12601 }
12602 }
12603
12604 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12605
12606 static void
12607 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12608 {
12609 xfree (self->cond);
12610 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12611 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12612 xfree (self->function_name);
12613 }
12614
12615 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12616 {
12617 bp_location_dtor
12618 };
12619
12620 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12621 inherit from. */
12622
12623 static void
12624 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12625 {
12626 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12627 xfree (self->cond_string);
12628 xfree (self->extra_string);
12629 xfree (self->addr_string);
12630 xfree (self->filter);
12631 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12632 }
12633
12634 static struct bp_location *
12635 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12636 {
12637 struct bp_location *loc;
12638
12639 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12640 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12641 return loc;
12642 }
12643
12644 static void
12645 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12646 {
12647 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12648 }
12649
12650 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12651 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12652
12653 static int
12654 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12655 {
12656 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12657 }
12658
12659 static int
12660 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12661 {
12662 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12663 }
12664
12665 static int
12666 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12667 struct address_space *aspace,
12668 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12669 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12670 {
12671 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12672 }
12673
12674 static void
12675 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12676 {
12677 /* Always stop. */
12678 }
12679
12680 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12681 errors. */
12682
12683 static int
12684 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12685 {
12686 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12687 }
12688
12689 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12690 errors. */
12691
12692 static int
12693 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12694 {
12695 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12696 }
12697
12698 static enum print_stop_action
12699 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12700 {
12701 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12702 }
12703
12704 static void
12705 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12706 struct ui_out *uiout)
12707 {
12708 /* nothing */
12709 }
12710
12711 static void
12712 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12713 {
12714 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12715 }
12716
12717 static void
12718 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12719 {
12720 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12721 }
12722
12723 static void
12724 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12725 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12726 enum bptype type_wanted,
12727 char *addr_start,
12728 char **copy_arg)
12729 {
12730 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12731 }
12732
12733 static void
12734 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12735 struct linespec_result *c,
12736 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12737 char *cond_string,
12738 char *extra_string,
12739 enum bptype type_wanted,
12740 enum bpdisp disposition,
12741 int thread,
12742 int task, int ignore_count,
12743 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12744 int from_tty, int enabled,
12745 int internal, unsigned flags)
12746 {
12747 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12748 }
12749
12750 static void
12751 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12752 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12753 {
12754 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12755 }
12756
12757 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12758
12759 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12760 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12761 {
12762 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12763 }
12764
12765 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12766 {
12767 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12768 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12769 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12770 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12771 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12772 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12773 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12774 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12775 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12776 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12777 NULL,
12778 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12779 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12780 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12781 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12782 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12783 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12784 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12785 };
12786
12787 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12788
12789 static void
12790 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12791 {
12792 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12793 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12794 {
12795 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12796 delete_breakpoint (b);
12797 return;
12798 }
12799
12800 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12801 }
12802
12803 static int
12804 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12805 {
12806 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12807 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12808 &bl->target_info);
12809 else
12810 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12811 &bl->target_info);
12812 }
12813
12814 static int
12815 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12816 {
12817 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12818 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12819 else
12820 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12821 }
12822
12823 static int
12824 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12825 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12826 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12827 {
12828 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12829 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12830 return 0;
12831
12832 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12833 aspace, bp_addr))
12834 return 0;
12835
12836 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12837 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12838 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12839 return 0;
12840
12841 return 1;
12842 }
12843
12844 static int
12845 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12846 {
12847 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12848
12849 return 1;
12850 }
12851
12852 static enum print_stop_action
12853 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12854 {
12855 struct breakpoint *b;
12856 const struct bp_location *bl;
12857 int bp_temp;
12858 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12859
12860 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12861
12862 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12863 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12864
12865 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12866 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12867 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12868 bl->address,
12869 b->number, 1);
12870 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12871 if (bp_temp)
12872 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12873 else
12874 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12875 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12876 {
12877 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12878 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12879 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12880 }
12881 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12882 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12883
12884 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12885 }
12886
12887 static void
12888 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12889 {
12890 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12891 return;
12892
12893 switch (b->type)
12894 {
12895 case bp_breakpoint:
12896 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12897 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12898 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12899 else
12900 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12901 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12902 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12903 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12904 break;
12905 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12906 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12907 break;
12908 case bp_dprintf:
12909 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12910 break;
12911 }
12912
12913 say_where (b);
12914 }
12915
12916 static void
12917 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12918 {
12919 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12920 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12921 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12923 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12924 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12925 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12926 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12927 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12928 else
12929 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12930 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12931
12932 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12933 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12934 }
12935
12936 static void
12937 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12938 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12939 enum bptype type_wanted,
12940 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12941 {
12942 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12943 addr_start, copy_arg);
12944 }
12945
12946 static void
12947 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12948 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12949 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12950 char *cond_string,
12951 char *extra_string,
12952 enum bptype type_wanted,
12953 enum bpdisp disposition,
12954 int thread,
12955 int task, int ignore_count,
12956 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12957 int from_tty, int enabled,
12958 int internal, unsigned flags)
12959 {
12960 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12961 cond_string, extra_string,
12962 type_wanted,
12963 disposition, thread, task,
12964 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12965 enabled, internal, flags);
12966 }
12967
12968 static void
12969 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12970 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12971 {
12972 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12973 }
12974
12975 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12976
12977 static void
12978 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12979 {
12980 switch (b->type)
12981 {
12982 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12983 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12984 case bp_overlay_event:
12985 case bp_longjmp_master:
12986 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12987 case bp_exception_master:
12988 delete_breakpoint (b);
12989 break;
12990
12991 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12992 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12993 case bp_shlib_event:
12994
12995 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12996 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12997 case bp_thread_event:
12998 break;
12999 }
13000 }
13001
13002 static void
13003 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13004 {
13005 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13006 {
13007 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13008 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13009 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13010 objects (among other things). */
13011 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13012 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13013 }
13014 else
13015 bs->stop = 0;
13016 }
13017
13018 static enum print_stop_action
13019 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13020 {
13021 struct breakpoint *b;
13022
13023 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13024
13025 switch (b->type)
13026 {
13027 case bp_shlib_event:
13028 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13029 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13030 to shlib event" message.) */
13031 print_solib_event (0);
13032 break;
13033
13034 case bp_thread_event:
13035 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13036 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13037 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13038 break;
13039
13040 case bp_overlay_event:
13041 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13042 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13043 break;
13044
13045 case bp_longjmp_master:
13046 /* These should never be enabled. */
13047 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13048 break;
13049
13050 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13051 /* These should never be enabled. */
13052 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13053 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13054 break;
13055
13056 case bp_exception_master:
13057 /* These should never be enabled. */
13058 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13059 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13060 break;
13061 }
13062
13063 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13064 }
13065
13066 static void
13067 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13068 {
13069 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13070 }
13071
13072 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13073
13074 static void
13075 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13076 {
13077 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13078 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13079 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13080 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13081 }
13082
13083 static void
13084 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13085 {
13086 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13087 }
13088
13089 static enum print_stop_action
13090 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13091 {
13092 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13093
13094 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13095 {
13096 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13097
13098 switch (b->type)
13099 {
13100 case bp_finish:
13101 ui_out_field_string
13102 (uiout, "reason",
13103 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13104 break;
13105
13106 case bp_until:
13107 ui_out_field_string
13108 (uiout, "reason",
13109 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13110 break;
13111 }
13112 }
13113
13114 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13115 }
13116
13117 static void
13118 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13119 {
13120 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13121 }
13122
13123 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13124
13125 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13126 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13127
13128 static void
13129 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13130 {
13131 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13132
13133 if (tp)
13134 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13135
13136 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13137 }
13138
13139 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13140
13141 static int
13142 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13143 {
13144 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13145
13146 if (v == 0)
13147 {
13148 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13149 if needed. */
13150 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13151 }
13152
13153 return v;
13154 }
13155
13156 static int
13157 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13158 {
13159 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13160 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13161
13162 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13163 }
13164
13165 static void
13166 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13167 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13168 enum bptype type_wanted,
13169 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13170 {
13171 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13172
13173 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13174
13175 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13176 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13177
13178 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13179 }
13180
13181 static void
13182 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13183 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13184 {
13185 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13186 if (!sals->sals)
13187 error (_("probe not found"));
13188 }
13189
13190 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13191
13192 static void
13193 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13194 {
13195 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13196 }
13197
13198 static int
13199 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13200 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13201 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13202 {
13203 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13204 tracepoints. */
13205 return 0;
13206 }
13207
13208 static void
13209 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13210 struct ui_out *uiout)
13211 {
13212 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13213 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13214 {
13215 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13216
13217 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13218 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13219 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13220 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13221 }
13222 }
13223
13224 static void
13225 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13226 {
13227 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13228 return;
13229
13230 switch (b->type)
13231 {
13232 case bp_tracepoint:
13233 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13234 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13235 break;
13236 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13237 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13238 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13239 break;
13240 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13241 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13242 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13243 break;
13244 default:
13245 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13246 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13247 }
13248
13249 say_where (b);
13250 }
13251
13252 static void
13253 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13254 {
13255 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13256
13257 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13258 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13259 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13260 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13261 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13262 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13263 else
13264 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13265 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13266
13267 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13268 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13269
13270 if (tp->pass_count)
13271 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13272 }
13273
13274 static void
13275 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13276 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13277 enum bptype type_wanted,
13278 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13279 {
13280 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13281 addr_start, copy_arg);
13282 }
13283
13284 static void
13285 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13286 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13287 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13288 char *cond_string,
13289 char *extra_string,
13290 enum bptype type_wanted,
13291 enum bpdisp disposition,
13292 int thread,
13293 int task, int ignore_count,
13294 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13295 int from_tty, int enabled,
13296 int internal, unsigned flags)
13297 {
13298 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13299 cond_string, extra_string,
13300 type_wanted,
13301 disposition, thread, task,
13302 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13303 enabled, internal, flags);
13304 }
13305
13306 static void
13307 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13308 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13309 {
13310 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13311 }
13312
13313 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13314
13315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13316 static probe. */
13317
13318 static void
13319 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13320 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13321 enum bptype type_wanted,
13322 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13323 {
13324 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13325 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13326 addr_start, copy_arg);
13327 }
13328
13329 static void
13330 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13331 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13332 {
13333 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13334 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13335 }
13336
13337 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13338
13339 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13340
13341 static void
13342 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13343 {
13344 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13345
13346 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13347 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13348 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13349 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13350 resolved. */
13351 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13352 error (_("Format string required"));
13353
13354 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13355 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13356 3 - disconnect from target 1
13357 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13358
13359 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13360 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13361 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13362 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13363 it all the time. */
13364 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13365 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13366 }
13367
13368 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13369
13370 static void
13371 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13372 {
13373 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13374 tp->extra_string);
13375 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13376 }
13377
13378 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13379 markers (`-m'). */
13380
13381 static void
13382 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13383 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13384 enum bptype type_wanted,
13385 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13386 {
13387 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13388
13389 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13390
13391 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13392
13393 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13394 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13395 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13396 }
13397
13398 static void
13399 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13400 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13401 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13402 char *cond_string,
13403 char *extra_string,
13404 enum bptype type_wanted,
13405 enum bpdisp disposition,
13406 int thread,
13407 int task, int ignore_count,
13408 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13409 int from_tty, int enabled,
13410 int internal, unsigned flags)
13411 {
13412 int i;
13413
13414 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13415 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13416 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13417 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13418 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13419 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13420
13421 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13422 {
13423 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13424 struct tracepoint *tp;
13425 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13426 char *addr_string;
13427
13428 expanded.nelts = 1;
13429 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13430
13431 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13432 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13433
13434 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13435 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13436 addr_string, NULL,
13437 cond_string, extra_string,
13438 type_wanted, disposition,
13439 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13440 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13441 canonical->special_display);
13442 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13443 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13444 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13445 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13446 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13447 corresponds to this one */
13448 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13449
13450 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13451
13452 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13453 }
13454 }
13455
13456 static void
13457 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13458 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13459 {
13460 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13461
13462 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13463 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13464 {
13465 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13466 sals->nelts = 1;
13467 }
13468 else
13469 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13470 }
13471
13472 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13473
13474 static int
13475 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13476 {
13477 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13478 }
13479
13480 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13481 structures. */
13482
13483 void
13484 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13485 {
13486 struct breakpoint *b;
13487
13488 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13489
13490 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13491 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13492 especial culprits.
13493
13494 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13495 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13496 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13497 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13498 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13499 deleted.
13500
13501 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13502 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13503 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13504 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13505 was chosen. */
13506 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13507 return;
13508
13509 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13510 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13511 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13512 {
13513 struct breakpoint *related;
13514 struct watchpoint *w;
13515
13516 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13517 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13518 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13519 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13520 else
13521 w = NULL;
13522 if (w != NULL)
13523 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13524
13525 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13526 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13527 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13528 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13529 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13530 }
13531
13532 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13533 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13534 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13535 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13536 if (bpt->number)
13537 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13538
13539 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13540 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13541
13542 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13543 if (b->next == bpt)
13544 {
13545 b->next = bpt->next;
13546 break;
13547 }
13548
13549 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13550 been freed. */
13551 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13552 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13553 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13554 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13555 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13556 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13557 commands won't work. */
13558
13559 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13560
13561 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13562 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13563 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13564 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13565 might be better design to have location completely
13566 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13567 update_global_location_list (0);
13568
13569 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13570 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13571 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13572 bpt->type = bp_none;
13573 xfree (bpt);
13574 }
13575
13576 static void
13577 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13578 {
13579 delete_breakpoint (b);
13580 }
13581
13582 struct cleanup *
13583 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13584 {
13585 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13586 }
13587
13588 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13589 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13590
13591 static void
13592 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13593 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13594 void *),
13595 void *data)
13596 {
13597 struct breakpoint *related;
13598
13599 related = b;
13600 do
13601 {
13602 struct breakpoint *next;
13603
13604 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13605 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13606
13607 if (next == related)
13608 {
13609 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13610 function (related, data);
13611
13612 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13613 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13614 out. */
13615 break;
13616 }
13617 else
13618 function (related, data);
13619
13620 related = next;
13621 }
13622 while (related != b);
13623 }
13624
13625 static void
13626 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13627 {
13628 delete_breakpoint (b);
13629 }
13630
13631 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13632 delete_breakpoint. */
13633
13634 static void
13635 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13636 {
13637 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13638 }
13639
13640 void
13641 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13642 {
13643 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13644
13645 dont_repeat ();
13646
13647 if (arg == 0)
13648 {
13649 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13650
13651 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13652 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13653 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13654 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13655 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13656 {
13657 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13658 break;
13659 }
13660
13661 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13662 if (!from_tty
13663 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13664 {
13665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13666 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13667 delete_breakpoint (b);
13668 }
13669 }
13670 else
13671 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13672 }
13673
13674 static int
13675 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13676 {
13677 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13678 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13679 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13680 return 0;
13681 return 1;
13682 }
13683
13684 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13685 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13686 Null names are ignored. */
13687
13688 static int
13689 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13690 {
13691 struct bp_location *l;
13692 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13693 (int (*) (const void *,
13694 const void *)) streq,
13695 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13696
13697 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13698 {
13699 const char **slot;
13700 const char *name = l->function_name;
13701
13702 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13703 if (name == NULL)
13704 continue;
13705
13706 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13707 INSERT);
13708 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13709 returns NULL. */
13710 if (*slot != NULL)
13711 {
13712 htab_delete (htab);
13713 return 1;
13714 }
13715 *slot = name;
13716 }
13717
13718 htab_delete (htab);
13719 return 0;
13720 }
13721
13722 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13723 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13724 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13725 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13726 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13727 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13728 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13729 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13730 The heuristic is:
13731
13732 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13733 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13734 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13735 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13736 in the sources, and output a warning.
13737
13738 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13739 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13740 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13741 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13742 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13743 warning.
13744
13745 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13746 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13747 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13748 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13749 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13750 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13751 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13752 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13753 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13754
13755 static struct symtab_and_line
13756 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13757 {
13758 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13759 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13760 CORE_ADDR pc;
13761
13762 pc = sal.pc;
13763 if (sal.line)
13764 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13765
13766 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13767 {
13768 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13769 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13770 b->number,
13771 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13772
13773 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13774 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13775 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13776
13777 return sal;
13778 }
13779
13780 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13781 by string ID. */
13782 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13783 && sal.line != 0
13784 && sal.symtab != NULL
13785 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13786 {
13787 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13788
13789 markers
13790 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13791
13792 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13793 {
13794 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13795 struct symbol *sym;
13796 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13797 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13798
13799 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13800
13801 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13802 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13803
13804 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13805 "found at previous line number"),
13806 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13807
13808 init_sal (&sal2);
13809
13810 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13811
13812 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13813 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13814 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13815 if (sym)
13816 {
13817 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13818 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13819 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13820 }
13821 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13822 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13823 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13824
13825 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13826 {
13827 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13828
13829 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13830 }
13831
13832 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13833 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13834
13835 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13836 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13837
13838 xfree (b->addr_string);
13839 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13840 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
13841 b->loc->line_number);
13842
13843 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13844 so. */
13845
13846 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13847 }
13848 }
13849 return sal;
13850 }
13851
13852 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13853 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13854
13855 static int
13856 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13857 {
13858 while (a && b)
13859 {
13860 if (a->address != b->address)
13861 return 0;
13862
13863 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13864 return 0;
13865
13866 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13867 return 0;
13868
13869 a = a->next;
13870 b = b->next;
13871 }
13872
13873 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13874 return 0;
13875
13876 return 1;
13877 }
13878
13879 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13880 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13881 a ranged breakpoint. */
13882
13883 void
13884 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13885 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13886 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13887 {
13888 int i;
13889 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13890
13891 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13892 {
13893 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13894 location. */
13895 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13896 update_global_location_list (1);
13897 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13898 "multiple locations found\n"),
13899 b->number);
13900 return;
13901 }
13902
13903 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13904 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13905 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13906 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13907 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13908 individual locations. */
13909 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13910 return;
13911
13912 b->loc = NULL;
13913
13914 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13915 {
13916 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13917
13918 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13919
13920 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13921
13922 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13923 old symtab. */
13924 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13925 {
13926 const char *s;
13927 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13928
13929 s = b->cond_string;
13930 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13931 {
13932 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13933 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13934 0);
13935 }
13936 if (e.reason < 0)
13937 {
13938 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13939 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13940 b->number, e.message);
13941 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13942 }
13943 }
13944
13945 if (sals_end.nelts)
13946 {
13947 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13948
13949 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13950 }
13951 }
13952
13953 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13954 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13955 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13956
13957 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13958 breakpoints. */
13959 {
13960 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13961 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13962 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13963 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13964 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13965 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13966 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13967
13968 for (; e; e = e->next)
13969 {
13970 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13971 {
13972 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13973 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13974 {
13975 for (; l; l = l->next)
13976 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13977 {
13978 l->enabled = 0;
13979 break;
13980 }
13981 }
13982 else
13983 {
13984 for (; l; l = l->next)
13985 if (l->function_name
13986 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13987 {
13988 l->enabled = 0;
13989 break;
13990 }
13991 }
13992 }
13993 }
13994 }
13995
13996 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13997 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13998
13999 update_global_location_list (1);
14000 }
14001
14002 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14003 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14004
14005 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14006 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14007 {
14008 char *s;
14009 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14010 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14011
14012 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14013 s = addr_string;
14014
14015 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14016 {
14017 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14018 }
14019 if (e.reason < 0)
14020 {
14021 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14022 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14023 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14024 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14025 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14026 state, then user already saw the message about that
14027 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14028 errors. */
14029 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14030 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14031 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14032 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14033 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14034 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14035
14036 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14037 {
14038 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14039 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14040 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14041 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14042 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14043 which approach is better. */
14044 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14045 throw_exception (e);
14046 }
14047 }
14048
14049 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14050 {
14051 int i;
14052
14053 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14054 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14055 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14056 {
14057 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14058 int thread, task;
14059
14060 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14061 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14062 &extra_string);
14063 if (cond_string)
14064 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14065 b->thread = thread;
14066 b->task = task;
14067 if (extra_string)
14068 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14069 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14070 }
14071
14072 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14073 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14074
14075 *found = 1;
14076 }
14077 else
14078 *found = 0;
14079
14080 return sals;
14081 }
14082
14083 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14084 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14085 locations. */
14086
14087 static void
14088 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14089 {
14090 int found;
14091 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14092 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14093 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14094
14095 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14096 if (found)
14097 {
14098 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14099 expanded = sals;
14100 }
14101
14102 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14103 {
14104 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14105 if (found)
14106 {
14107 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14108 expanded_end = sals_end;
14109 }
14110 }
14111
14112 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14113 }
14114
14115 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14116 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14117
14118 static void
14119 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14120 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14121 enum bptype type_wanted,
14122 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14123 {
14124 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14125 }
14126
14127 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14128 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14129 breakpoint_ops. */
14130
14131 static void
14132 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14133 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14134 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14135 char *cond_string,
14136 char *extra_string,
14137 enum bptype type_wanted,
14138 enum bpdisp disposition,
14139 int thread,
14140 int task, int ignore_count,
14141 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14142 int from_tty, int enabled,
14143 int internal, unsigned flags)
14144 {
14145 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14146 extra_string,
14147 type_wanted, disposition,
14148 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14149 enabled, internal, flags);
14150 }
14151
14152 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14153 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14154
14155 static void
14156 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14157 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14158 {
14159 struct linespec_result canonical;
14160
14161 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14162 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14163 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14164 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14165 b->filter);
14166
14167 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14168 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14169
14170 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14171 {
14172 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14173
14174 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14175 *sals = lsal->sals;
14176 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14177 contents. */
14178 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14179 }
14180
14181 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14182 }
14183
14184 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14185
14186 static struct cleanup *
14187 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14188 {
14189 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14190
14191 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14192 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14193 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14194 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14195 set_language (b->language);
14196
14197 return cleanups;
14198 }
14199
14200 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14201 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14202 Unused in this case. */
14203
14204 static int
14205 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14206 {
14207 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14208 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14209 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14210
14211 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14212 b->ops->re_set (b);
14213 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14214 return 0;
14215 }
14216
14217 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14218 void
14219 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14220 {
14221 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14222 enum language save_language;
14223 int save_input_radix;
14224 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14225
14226 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14227 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14228 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14229
14230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14231 {
14232 /* Format possible error msg. */
14233 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14234 b->number);
14235 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14236 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14237 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14238 }
14239 set_language (save_language);
14240 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14241
14242 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14243
14244 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14245
14246 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14247 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14248 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14249 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14250 }
14251 \f
14252 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14253
14254 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14255 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14256 void
14257 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14258 {
14259 if (b->thread != -1)
14260 {
14261 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14262 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14263
14264 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14265 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14266 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14267 as well. */
14268 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14269 }
14270 }
14271
14272 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14273 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14274 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14275
14276 void
14277 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14278 {
14279 struct breakpoint *b;
14280
14281 if (count < 0)
14282 count = 0;
14283
14284 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14285 if (b->number == bptnum)
14286 {
14287 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14288 {
14289 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14290 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14291 bptnum);
14292 return;
14293 }
14294
14295 b->ignore_count = count;
14296 if (from_tty)
14297 {
14298 if (count == 0)
14299 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14300 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14301 bptnum);
14302 else if (count == 1)
14303 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14304 bptnum);
14305 else
14306 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14307 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14308 count, bptnum);
14309 }
14310 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14311 return;
14312 }
14313
14314 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14315 }
14316
14317 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14318
14319 static void
14320 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14321 {
14322 char *p = args;
14323 int num;
14324
14325 if (p == 0)
14326 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14327
14328 num = get_number (&p);
14329 if (num == 0)
14330 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14331 if (*p == 0)
14332 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14333
14334 set_ignore_count (num,
14335 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14336 from_tty);
14337 if (from_tty)
14338 printf_filtered ("\n");
14339 }
14340 \f
14341 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14342 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14343
14344 static void
14345 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14346 void *),
14347 void *data)
14348 {
14349 int num;
14350 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14351 int match;
14352 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14353
14354 if (args == 0)
14355 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14356
14357 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14358
14359 while (!state.finished)
14360 {
14361 char *p = state.string;
14362
14363 match = 0;
14364
14365 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14366 if (num == 0)
14367 {
14368 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14369 }
14370 else
14371 {
14372 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14373 if (b->number == num)
14374 {
14375 match = 1;
14376 function (b, data);
14377 break;
14378 }
14379 if (match == 0)
14380 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14381 }
14382 }
14383 }
14384
14385 static struct bp_location *
14386 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14387 {
14388 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14389 char *p1;
14390 int bp_num;
14391 int loc_num;
14392 struct breakpoint *b;
14393 struct bp_location *loc;
14394
14395 *dot = '\0';
14396
14397 p1 = number;
14398 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14399 if (bp_num == 0)
14400 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14401
14402 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14403 if (b->number == bp_num)
14404 {
14405 break;
14406 }
14407
14408 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14409 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14410
14411 p1 = dot+1;
14412 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14413 if (loc_num == 0)
14414 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14415
14416 --loc_num;
14417 loc = b->loc;
14418 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14419 ;
14420 if (!loc)
14421 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14422
14423 return loc;
14424 }
14425
14426
14427 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14428 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14429 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14430
14431 void
14432 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14433 {
14434 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14435 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14436 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14437 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14438 return;
14439
14440 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14441 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14442 return;
14443
14444 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14445
14446 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14447 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14448
14449 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14450 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14451 {
14452 struct bp_location *location;
14453
14454 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14455 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14456 }
14457
14458 update_global_location_list (0);
14459
14460 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14461 }
14462
14463 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14464
14465 static void
14466 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14467 {
14468 disable_breakpoint (b);
14469 }
14470
14471 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14472 disable_breakpoint. */
14473
14474 static void
14475 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14476 {
14477 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14478 }
14479
14480 static void
14481 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14482 {
14483 if (args == 0)
14484 {
14485 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14486
14487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14488 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14489 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14490 }
14491 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14492 {
14493 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14494 if (loc)
14495 {
14496 if (loc->enabled)
14497 {
14498 loc->enabled = 0;
14499 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14500 }
14501 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14502 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14503 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14504 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14505 }
14506 update_global_location_list (0);
14507 }
14508 else
14509 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14510 }
14511
14512 static void
14513 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14514 int count)
14515 {
14516 int target_resources_ok;
14517
14518 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14519 {
14520 int i;
14521 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14522 target_resources_ok =
14523 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14524 i + 1, 0);
14525 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14526 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14527 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14528 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14529 }
14530
14531 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14532 {
14533 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14534 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14535 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14536
14537 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14538 {
14539 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14540
14541 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14542 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14543 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14544 }
14545 if (e.reason < 0)
14546 {
14547 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14548 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14549 bpt->number);
14550 return;
14551 }
14552 }
14553
14554 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14555 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14556
14557 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14558
14559 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14560 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14561
14562 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14563 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14564 {
14565 struct bp_location *location;
14566
14567 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14568 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14569 }
14570
14571 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14572 bpt->enable_count = count;
14573 update_global_location_list (1);
14574
14575 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14576 }
14577
14578
14579 void
14580 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14581 {
14582 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14583 }
14584
14585 static void
14586 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14587 {
14588 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14589 }
14590
14591 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14592 enable_breakpoint. */
14593
14594 static void
14595 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14596 {
14597 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14598 }
14599
14600 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14601 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14602 in stopping the inferior. */
14603
14604 static void
14605 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14606 {
14607 if (args == 0)
14608 {
14609 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14610
14611 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14612 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14613 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14614 }
14615 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14616 {
14617 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14618 if (loc)
14619 {
14620 if (!loc->enabled)
14621 {
14622 loc->enabled = 1;
14623 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14624 }
14625 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14626 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14627 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14628 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14629 }
14630 update_global_location_list (1);
14631 }
14632 else
14633 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14634 }
14635
14636 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14637 breakpoints. */
14638
14639 struct disp_data
14640 {
14641 enum bpdisp disp;
14642 int count;
14643 };
14644
14645 static void
14646 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14647 {
14648 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14649
14650 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14651 }
14652
14653 static void
14654 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14655 {
14656 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14657
14658 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14659 }
14660
14661 static void
14662 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14663 {
14664 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14665 }
14666
14667 static void
14668 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14669 {
14670 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14671
14672 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14673 }
14674
14675 static void
14676 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14677 {
14678 int count = get_number (&args);
14679
14680 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14681 }
14682
14683 static void
14684 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14685 {
14686 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14687
14688 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14689 }
14690
14691 static void
14692 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14693 {
14694 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14695 }
14696 \f
14697 static void
14698 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14699 {
14700 }
14701
14702 static void
14703 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14704 {
14705 }
14706
14707 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14708 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14709 GDB itself. */
14710
14711 static void
14712 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14713 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14714 const bfd_byte *data)
14715 {
14716 struct breakpoint *bp;
14717
14718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14719 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14720 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14721 {
14722 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14723
14724 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14725 {
14726 struct bp_location *loc;
14727
14728 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14729 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14730 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14731 && addr + len > loc->address)
14732 {
14733 value_free (wp->val);
14734 wp->val = NULL;
14735 wp->val_valid = 0;
14736 }
14737 }
14738 }
14739 }
14740
14741 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14742 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14743 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14744 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14745 someday. */
14746
14747 void *
14748 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14749 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14750 {
14751 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14752
14753 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14754
14755 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14756 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14757
14758 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14759 {
14760 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14761 xfree (bp_tgt);
14762 return NULL;
14763 }
14764
14765 return bp_tgt;
14766 }
14767
14768 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14769 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14770
14771 int
14772 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14773 {
14774 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14775 int ret;
14776
14777 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14778 xfree (bp_tgt);
14779
14780 return ret;
14781 }
14782
14783 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14784 stepping. */
14785
14786 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14787 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14788
14789 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14790
14791 void
14792 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14793 struct address_space *aspace,
14794 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14795 {
14796 void **bpt_p;
14797
14798 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14799 {
14800 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14801 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14802 }
14803 else
14804 {
14805 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14806 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14807 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14808 }
14809
14810 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14811 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14812 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14813 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14814 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14815 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14816
14817 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14818 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14819 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14820 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14821 }
14822
14823 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14824 were inserted or not. */
14825
14826 int
14827 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14828 {
14829 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14830 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14831 }
14832
14833 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14834
14835 void
14836 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14837 {
14838 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14839
14840 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14841 call. */
14842 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14843 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14844 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14845 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14846
14847 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14848 {
14849 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14850 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14851 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14852 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14853 }
14854 }
14855
14856 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14857 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14858 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14859 exec. */
14860
14861 void
14862 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14863 {
14864 int i;
14865
14866 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14867 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14868 {
14869 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14870 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14871 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14872 }
14873 }
14874
14875 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14876 removing them. */
14877
14878 static void
14879 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14880 {
14881 int i;
14882
14883 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14884 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14885 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14886 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14887 }
14888
14889 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14890 PC. */
14891
14892 static int
14893 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14894 CORE_ADDR pc)
14895 {
14896 int i;
14897
14898 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14899 {
14900 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14901 if (bp_tgt
14902 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14903 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14904 aspace, pc))
14905 return 1;
14906 }
14907
14908 return 0;
14909 }
14910
14911 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14912 non-zero otherwise. */
14913 static int
14914 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14915 {
14916 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14917 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14918 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14919 return 1;
14920 else
14921 return 0;
14922 }
14923
14924 int
14925 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14926 {
14927 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14928 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14929
14930 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14931 }
14932
14933 int
14934 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14935 {
14936 struct breakpoint *bp;
14937
14938 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14939 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14940 {
14941 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14942
14943 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14944 {
14945 int i, iter;
14946 for (i = 0;
14947 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14948 i++)
14949 if (syscall_number == iter)
14950 return 1;
14951 }
14952 else
14953 return 1;
14954 }
14955
14956 return 0;
14957 }
14958
14959 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14960 static VEC (char_ptr) *
14961 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14962 const char *text, const char *word)
14963 {
14964 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14965 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
14966 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
14967
14968 xfree (list);
14969 return retlist;
14970 }
14971
14972 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14973
14974 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14975 static void
14976 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14977 {
14978 tracepoint_count = num;
14979 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14980 }
14981
14982 static void
14983 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14984 {
14985 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14986 const char *arg_cp = arg;
14987
14988 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
14989 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14990 else
14991 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14992
14993 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14994 arg,
14995 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14996 0 /* tempflag */,
14997 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14998 0 /* Ignore count */,
14999 pending_break_support,
15000 ops,
15001 from_tty,
15002 1 /* enabled */,
15003 0 /* internal */, 0);
15004 }
15005
15006 static void
15007 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15008 {
15009 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15010 arg,
15011 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15012 0 /* tempflag */,
15013 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15014 0 /* Ignore count */,
15015 pending_break_support,
15016 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15017 from_tty,
15018 1 /* enabled */,
15019 0 /* internal */, 0);
15020 }
15021
15022 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15023
15024 static void
15025 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15026 {
15027 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15028
15029 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15030 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15031 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15032 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15033 else
15034 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15035
15036 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15037 arg,
15038 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15039 0 /* tempflag */,
15040 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15041 0 /* Ignore count */,
15042 pending_break_support,
15043 ops,
15044 from_tty,
15045 1 /* enabled */,
15046 0 /* internal */, 0);
15047 }
15048
15049 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15050 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15051
15052 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15053 static int next_cmd;
15054
15055 static char *
15056 read_uploaded_action (void)
15057 {
15058 char *rslt;
15059
15060 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15061
15062 next_cmd++;
15063
15064 return rslt;
15065 }
15066
15067 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15068 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15069 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15070 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15071 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15072
15073 struct tracepoint *
15074 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15075 {
15076 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15077 struct tracepoint *tp;
15078
15079 if (utp->at_string)
15080 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15081 else
15082 {
15083 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15084 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15085 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15086 user. */
15087 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15088 "source location, using raw address"),
15089 utp->number);
15090 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15091 addr_str = small_buf;
15092 }
15093
15094 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15095 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15096 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15097 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15098 utp->number);
15099
15100 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15101 addr_str,
15102 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15103 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15104 0 /* tempflag */,
15105 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15106 0 /* Ignore count */,
15107 pending_break_support,
15108 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15109 0 /* from_tty */,
15110 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15111 0 /* internal */,
15112 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15113 return NULL;
15114
15115 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15116 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15117 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15118
15119 if (utp->pass > 0)
15120 {
15121 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15122 tp->base.number);
15123
15124 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15125 }
15126
15127 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15128 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15129 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15130 function. */
15131 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15132 {
15133 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15134
15135 this_utp = utp;
15136 next_cmd = 0;
15137
15138 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15139
15140 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15141 }
15142 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15143 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15144 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15145 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15146 utp->number);
15147
15148 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15149 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15150 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15151
15152 return tp;
15153 }
15154
15155 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15156 omitted. */
15157
15158 static void
15159 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15160 {
15161 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15162 int num_printed;
15163
15164 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15165
15166 if (num_printed == 0)
15167 {
15168 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15169 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15170 else
15171 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15172 }
15173
15174 default_collect_info ();
15175 }
15176
15177 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15178 Not supported by all targets. */
15179 static void
15180 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15181 {
15182 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15183 }
15184
15185 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15186 Not supported by all targets. */
15187 static void
15188 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15189 {
15190 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15191 }
15192
15193 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15194 static void
15195 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15196 {
15197 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15198
15199 dont_repeat ();
15200
15201 if (arg == 0)
15202 {
15203 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15204
15205 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15206 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15207 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15208 argument. */
15209 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15210 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15211 {
15212 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15213 break;
15214 }
15215
15216 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15217 if (!from_tty
15218 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15219 {
15220 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15221 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15222 delete_breakpoint (b);
15223 }
15224 }
15225 else
15226 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15227 }
15228
15229 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15230
15231 static void
15232 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15233 {
15234 tp->pass_count = count;
15235 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15236 if (from_tty)
15237 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15238 tp->base.number, count);
15239 }
15240
15241 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15242
15243 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15244 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15245 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15246
15247 static void
15248 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15249 {
15250 struct tracepoint *t1;
15251 unsigned int count;
15252
15253 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15254 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15255 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15256
15257 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15258
15259 args = skip_spaces (args);
15260 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15261 {
15262 struct breakpoint *b;
15263
15264 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15265 if (*args)
15266 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15267
15268 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15269 {
15270 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15271 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15272 }
15273 }
15274 else if (*args == '\0')
15275 {
15276 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15277 if (t1)
15278 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15279 }
15280 else
15281 {
15282 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15283
15284 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15285 while (!state.finished)
15286 {
15287 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15288 if (t1)
15289 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15290 }
15291 }
15292 }
15293
15294 struct tracepoint *
15295 get_tracepoint (int num)
15296 {
15297 struct breakpoint *t;
15298
15299 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15300 if (t->number == num)
15301 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15302
15303 return NULL;
15304 }
15305
15306 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15307 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15308 reconnecting). */
15309
15310 struct tracepoint *
15311 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15312 {
15313 struct breakpoint *b;
15314
15315 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15316 {
15317 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15318
15319 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15320 return t;
15321 }
15322
15323 return NULL;
15324 }
15325
15326 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15327 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15328 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15329 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15330 struct tracepoint *
15331 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15332 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15333 int optional_p)
15334 {
15335 struct breakpoint *t;
15336 int tpnum;
15337 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15338
15339 if (state)
15340 {
15341 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15342 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15343 }
15344 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15345 {
15346 if (optional_p)
15347 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15348 else
15349 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15350 }
15351 else
15352 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15353
15354 if (tpnum <= 0)
15355 {
15356 if (instring && *instring)
15357 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15358 instring);
15359 else
15360 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15361 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15362 return NULL;
15363 }
15364
15365 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15366 if (t->number == tpnum)
15367 {
15368 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15369 }
15370
15371 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15372 return NULL;
15373 }
15374
15375 void
15376 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15377 {
15378 if (b->thread != -1)
15379 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15380
15381 if (b->task != 0)
15382 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15383
15384 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15385 }
15386
15387 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15388 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15389 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15390 non-zero. */
15391
15392 static void
15393 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15394 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15395 {
15396 struct breakpoint *tp;
15397 int any = 0;
15398 char *pathname;
15399 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15400 struct ui_file *fp;
15401 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15402
15403 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15404 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15405
15406 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15407 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15408 {
15409 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15410 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15411 continue;
15412
15413 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15414 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15415 continue;
15416
15417 any = 1;
15418
15419 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15420 {
15421 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15422
15423 /* We can stop searching. */
15424 break;
15425 }
15426 }
15427
15428 if (!any)
15429 {
15430 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15431 return;
15432 }
15433
15434 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15435 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15436 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15437 if (!fp)
15438 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15439 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15440 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15441
15442 if (extra_trace_bits)
15443 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15444
15445 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15446 {
15447 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15448 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15449 continue;
15450
15451 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15452 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15453 continue;
15454
15455 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15456
15457 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15458 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15459 instead. */
15460
15461 if (tp->cond_string)
15462 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15463
15464 if (tp->ignore_count)
15465 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15466
15467 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15468 {
15469 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15470
15471 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15472
15473 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15474 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15475 {
15476 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15477 }
15478 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15479
15480 if (ex.reason < 0)
15481 throw_exception (ex);
15482
15483 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15484 }
15485
15486 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15487 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15488
15489 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15490 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15491 special, and not user visible. */
15492 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15493 {
15494 struct bp_location *loc;
15495 int n = 1;
15496
15497 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15498 if (!loc->enabled)
15499 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15500 }
15501 }
15502
15503 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15504 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15505
15506 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15507 if (from_tty)
15508 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15509 }
15510
15511 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15512
15513 static void
15514 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15515 {
15516 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15517 }
15518
15519 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15520
15521 static void
15522 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15523 {
15524 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15525 }
15526
15527 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15528
15529 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15530 all_tracepoints (void)
15531 {
15532 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15533 struct breakpoint *tp;
15534
15535 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15536 {
15537 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15538 }
15539
15540 return tp_vec;
15541 }
15542
15543 \f
15544 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15545 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15546 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15547 command. */
15548 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15549 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15550 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15551 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15552 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15553 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15554 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15555 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15556 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15557 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15558 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15559 \n\
15560 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15561 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15562 \n\
15563 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15564 conditions are different.\n\
15565 \n\
15566 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15567
15568 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15569 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15570
15571 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15572 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15573
15574 void
15575 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15576 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15577 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15578 completer_ftype *completer,
15579 void *user_data_catch,
15580 void *user_data_tcatch)
15581 {
15582 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15583
15584 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15585 &catch_cmdlist);
15586 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15587 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15588 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15589
15590 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15591 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15592 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15593 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15594 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15595 }
15596
15597 static void
15598 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15599 {
15600 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15601 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15602
15603 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15604 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15605 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15606 }
15607
15608 static void
15609 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15610 {
15611 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15612 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15613 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15614 }
15615
15616 struct breakpoint *
15617 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15618 void *data)
15619 {
15620 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15621
15622 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15623 {
15624 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15625 return b;
15626 }
15627
15628 return NULL;
15629 }
15630
15631 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15632 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15633
15634 static int
15635 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15636 {
15637 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15638 non-inline function. */
15639 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15640 return 1;
15641
15642 return 0;
15643 }
15644
15645 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15646 have been inlined. */
15647
15648 int
15649 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15650 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15651 {
15652 struct breakpoint *b;
15653 struct bp_location *bl;
15654
15655 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15656 {
15657 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15658 continue;
15659
15660 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15661 {
15662 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15663 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15664 return 1;
15665 }
15666 }
15667
15668 return 0;
15669 }
15670
15671 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15672
15673 void
15674 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15675 {
15676 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15677
15678 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15679 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15680 loc->symtab = NULL;
15681 }
15682
15683 void
15684 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15685 {
15686 static int initialized = 0;
15687
15688 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15689
15690 if (initialized)
15691 return;
15692 initialized = 1;
15693
15694 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15695 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15696 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15697 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15698 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15699 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15700 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15701 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15702 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15703 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15704 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15705 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15706
15707 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15708 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15709 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15710 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15711 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15712 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15713 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15714 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15715
15716 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15717 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15718 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15719 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15720 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15721 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15722 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15723 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15724 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15725 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15726
15727 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15728 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15729 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15730 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15731 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15732 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15733 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15734
15735 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15736 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15737 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15738 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15739 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15740 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15741 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15742
15743 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15744 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15745 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15746 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15747
15748 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15749 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15750 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15751 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15752 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15753 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15754 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15755
15756 /* Watchpoints. */
15757 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15758 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15759 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15760 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15761 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15762 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15763 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15764 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15765 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15766 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15767 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15768 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15769 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15770 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15771
15772 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15773 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15774 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15775 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15776 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15777 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15778 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15779 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15780 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15781 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15782 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15783
15784 /* Tracepoints. */
15785 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15786 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15787 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15788 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15789 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15790 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15791 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15792 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15793 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15794 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15795
15796 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15797 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15798 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15799 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15800 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15801
15802 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15803 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15804 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15805 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15806 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15807 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15808
15809 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15810 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15811 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15812 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15813 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15814 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15815 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15816 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15817 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15818 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15819
15820 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15821 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15822 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15823 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15824 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15825 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15826 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15827 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15828 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15829 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15830
15831 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15832 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15833 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15834 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15835 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15836 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15837 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15838 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15839 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15840 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15841 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15842
15843 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15844 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15845 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15846 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15847 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15848 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15849 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15850 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15851 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15852 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15853 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15854
15855 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15856 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15857 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15858 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15859 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15860 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15861 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15862 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15863 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15864 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15865 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15866 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15867
15868 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15869 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15870 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15871 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15872 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15873 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15874 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15875 }
15876
15877 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15878
15879 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15880
15881 void
15882 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15883 {
15884 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15885
15886 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15887
15888 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15889 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15890 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15891
15892 breakpoint_objfile_key
15893 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15894
15895 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15896 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
15897 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15898
15899 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15900 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15901 before a breakpoint is set. */
15902 breakpoint_count = 0;
15903
15904 tracepoint_count = 0;
15905
15906 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15907 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15908 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15909 if (xdb_commands)
15910 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15911
15912 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15913 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15914 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15915 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15916 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15917 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15918 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15919 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15920
15921 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15922 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15923 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15924 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15925 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15926
15927 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15928 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15929 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15930 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15931 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15932 \n"
15933 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15934 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15935
15936 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15937 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15938 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15939 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15940 \n"
15941 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15942 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15943
15944 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15945 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15946 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15947 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15948 \n"
15949 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15950 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15951
15952 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15953 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15954 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15955 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15956 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15957 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15958 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15959 if (xdb_commands)
15960 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15961 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15962 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15963 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15964 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15965 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15966
15967 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15968
15969 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15970 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15971 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15972 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15973 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15974 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15975
15976 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15977 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15978 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15979 &enablebreaklist);
15980
15981 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15982 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15983 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15984 &enablebreaklist);
15985
15986 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15987 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15988 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15989 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15990 &enablebreaklist);
15991
15992 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15993 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15994 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15995 &enablelist);
15996
15997 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15998 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15999 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16000 &enablelist);
16001
16002 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16003 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16004 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16005 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16006 &enablelist);
16007
16008 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16009 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16010 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16011 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16012 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16013 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16014 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16015 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16016 if (xdb_commands)
16017 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16018 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16019 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16020 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16021 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16022
16023 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16024 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16025 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16026 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16027 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16028 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16029 &disablelist);
16030
16031 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16032 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16033 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16034 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16035 \n\
16036 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16037 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16038 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16039 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16040 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16041 if (xdb_commands)
16042 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16043 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16044 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16045 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16046
16047 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16048 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16049 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16050 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16051 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16052 &deletelist);
16053
16054 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16055 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16056 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16057 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16058 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16059 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16060 \n\
16061 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16062 is executing in.\n\
16063 \n\
16064 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16065 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16066
16067 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16068 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16069 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16070 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16071
16072 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16073 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16074 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16075 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16076
16077 if (xdb_commands)
16078 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16079
16080 if (dbx_commands)
16081 {
16082 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16083 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16084 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16085 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16086 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16087 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16088 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16089 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16090 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16091 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16092 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16093 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16094 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16095 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16096 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16097 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16098 \n\
16099 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16100 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16101 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16102 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16103 breakpoint set."));
16104 }
16105
16106 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16107 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16108 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16109 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16110 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16111 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16112 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16113 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16114 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16115 \n\
16116 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16117 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16118 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16119 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16120 breakpoint set."));
16121
16122 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16123
16124 if (xdb_commands)
16125 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16126 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16127 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16128 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16129 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16130 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16131 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16132 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16133 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16134 \n\
16135 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16136 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16137 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16138 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16139 breakpoint set."));
16140
16141 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16142 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16143 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16144 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16145 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16146 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16147 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16148 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16149 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16150 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16151 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16152 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16153 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16154 \n\
16155 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16156 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16157 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16158 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16159 breakpoint set."),
16160 &maintenanceinfolist);
16161
16162 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16163 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16164 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16165 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16166
16167 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16168 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16169 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16170 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16171
16172 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16173 catch_fork_command_1,
16174 NULL,
16175 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16176 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16177 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16178 catch_fork_command_1,
16179 NULL,
16180 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16181 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16182 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16183 catch_exec_command_1,
16184 NULL,
16185 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16186 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16187 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16188 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16189 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16190 catch_load_command_1,
16191 NULL,
16192 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16193 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16194 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16195 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16196 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16197 catch_unload_command_1,
16198 NULL,
16199 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16200 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16201 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16202 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16203 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16204 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16205 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16206 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16207 catch_syscall_command_1,
16208 catch_syscall_completer,
16209 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16210 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16211
16212 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16213 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16214 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16215 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16216 an expression changes.\n\
16217 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16218 the memory to which it refers."));
16219 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16220
16221 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16222 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16223 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16224 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16225 an expression is read.\n\
16226 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16227 the memory to which it refers."));
16228 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16229
16230 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16231 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16232 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16233 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16234 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16235 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16236 the memory to which it refers."));
16237 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16238
16239 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16240 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16241
16242 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16243 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16244 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16245 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16246 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16247 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16248 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16249 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16250 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16251 hardware.)"),
16252 NULL,
16253 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16254 &setlist, &showlist);
16255
16256 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16257
16258 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16259
16260 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16261 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16262 \n"
16263 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16264 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16265 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16266
16267 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16268 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16269 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16270 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16271
16272 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16273 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16274 \n"
16275 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16276 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16277 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16278
16279 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16280 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16281 \n\
16282 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16283 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16284 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16285 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16286 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16287 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16288 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16289 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16290 the selected stack frame.\n\
16291 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16292 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16293 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16294 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16295 \n\
16296 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16297 \n\
16298 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16299 conditions are different.\n\
16300 \n\
16301 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16302 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16303 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16304
16305 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16306 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16307 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16308 last tracepoint set."));
16309
16310 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16311
16312 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16313 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16314 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16315 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16316 &deletelist);
16317 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16318
16319 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16320 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16321 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16322 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16323 &disablelist);
16324 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16325
16326 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16327 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16328 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16329 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16330 &enablelist);
16331 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16332
16333 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16334 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16335 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16336 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16337 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16338
16339 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16340 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16341 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16342 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16343
16344 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16345 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16346 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16347 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16348 session to restore them."),
16349 &save_cmdlist);
16350 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16351
16352 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16353 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16354 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16355 &save_cmdlist);
16356 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16357
16358 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16359 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16360
16361 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16362 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16363 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16364 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16365 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16366 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16367 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16368 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16369 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16370 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16371 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16372 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16373
16374 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16375 &pending_break_support, _("\
16376 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16377 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16378 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16379 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16380 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16381 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16382 NULL,
16383 show_pending_break_support,
16384 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16385 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16386
16387 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16388
16389 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16390 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16391 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16392 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16393 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16394 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16395 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16396 NULL,
16397 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16398 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16399 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16400
16401 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16402 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16403 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16404 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16405 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16406 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16407 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16408 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16409 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16410 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16411 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16412 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16413 NULL,
16414 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16415 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16416 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16417
16418 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16419 condition_evaluation_enums,
16420 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16421 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16422 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16423 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16424 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16425 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16426 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16427 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16428 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16429 be set to \"gdb\""),
16430 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16431 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16432 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16433 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16434
16435 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16436 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16437 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16438 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16439 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16440 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16441 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16442 or the start of the range\n\
16443 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16444 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16445 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16446 \n\
16447 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16448 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16449 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16450
16451 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16452 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16453 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16454 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16455 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16456 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16457 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16458
16459 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16460 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16461 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16462 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16463 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16464 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16465 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16466 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16467 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16468 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16469 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16470 &setlist, &showlist);
16471
16472 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16473 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16474 &dprintf_function, _("\
16475 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16476 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16477 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16478 &setlist, &showlist);
16479
16480 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16481 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16482 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16483 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16484 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16485 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16486 &setlist, &showlist);
16487
16488 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16489 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16490 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16491 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16492 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16493 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16494 NULL,
16495 NULL,
16496 &setlist, &showlist);
16497
16498 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16499 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16500 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16501
16502 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16503
16504 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16505 }
This page took 0.371958 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.